<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue with `plugin-search` where the ReindexButton was
not directing the reindex call to the correct endpoint location if the
user defined a custom config api route.
### Why?
To allow collection reindexing even when the default base api path gets
overriden with a user-provided one.
### How?
By threading the custom route to the ReindexButton component that calls
the reindex endpoint.
Fixes#10245
Notes:
- I think the `basePath` check/manipulation might be better in the RSC
instead of the client
Edit: @JessChowdhury Didn't see you were assigned until after! Felt bad
about this since it's my bad, wanted to take some ownership over the bug
here, my mistake!
Fixes#10234. Some fields, such as focal point fields for upload enabled
collections, were rendering in the condition selector despite being
hidden from the column selector. This was because the logic for the
column selector was filtering fields without labels, but the same was
not being done for the filter conditions. This, however, is not a good
way to filter these fields as it requires this specific logic to be
written in multiple places. Instead, they need to explicitly check for
`hidden` and `disabled` in addition to `disableListFilter` and
`disableListColumn`. The actual filtering logic has been improved across
the two instances as well, removing multiple duplicative loops.
This change has also exposed a underlying issue with the way columns
were handled within the table columns provider. When row selections were
enabled, the selector columns were present in column state. This caused
problems when interacting with column indices, such as when reordering
columns. Instead of needing to manually filter these out every time we
need to work with column state, they no longer appear there in the first
place. Instead, we inject the row selectors directly into the table
itself, completely isolating these row selectors from the column state.
Adds more control over how you can disable GraphQL queries / mutations
for collections and globals.
For example, you might want to disable all GraphQL queries and mutations
for a given collection, but you still have relationship fields that
relate to that collection, therefore depend on the types being
generated.
Now, instead of passing `graphQL: false` (which completely disables
everything, including types, which would break relationship fields) you
can now specify `graphQL.disableQueries: true` and
`graphQL.disableMutations: true`to keep the types, but disable just the
queries / mutations.
Closes#9893
What?
This PR fixes an issue with the WhereBuilder where if the first field in
a collection had disableListFilter enabled, the select in that fields
Condition would be rendered disabled, making it impossible to query docs
in list view.
Why?
To allow users to query their documents while still being able to set
disableListFilter on fields regardless of where they are in the
collection hierarchy.
How?
By setting the intitial field selection to the first
`admin.listDisabledColumn: false` field when clicking the Add Condition
button in the WhereBuilder and Condition components.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10110
### What?
On windows, the `payload-graphql generate:schema` command fails.
### Why?
Because the config it's trying to load is `c:\path\to\config.js`, which
node interprets as `\path\to\config.js` on the `c:` protocol.
### How?
By changing it to use a file URL, as in `file:\\\c:\path\to\config.js`.
The change is the same as what the main `payload` cli does:
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/bin/index.ts#L54Fixes#9309
Co-authored-by: Violet Rosenzweig <rosenzweigv@leoncountyfl.gov>
There were a handful of list view e2e tests written into the text and
email field test suite, making them hard to find as they were isolated
from other related tests. A few of these tests were also duplicative
across suites, making CI run them twice unnecessarily.
### What?
Exit process after `payload jobs:run` without cron is executed
### Why?
I would expect the `payload jobs:run` command to exit normally after
execution. With mongodb this is not the case as database connections are
open so the node process itself will not exit.
### How?
Execute `payload.db.destroy` to close all db connections after queue is
execution is done.
Fixes: #9851
Removes the useless `_verified` checkbox from user creation. We can't
make it functional from the admin UI, because if we respected the
incoming `_verified` property from a user creation, then any user could
auto-verify themselves via REST / GraphQL APIs.
Fixes#10158
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
Bumps Next.js to the latest version `15.1.3`. This affects only internal
`package.json` files (in the root dir and test)
Fixes errors from here https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10209
Improves the admin e2e test splitting by grouping them by type with
semantic names as opposed to numerically. This will provide much needed
clarity to exactly _where_ new admin tests should be written and help to
quickly distinguish the areas of failure within the CI overview.
Adds a feature to allow editors to schedule publish / unpublish events
in the future. Must be enabled by setting
`versions.drafts.schedulePublish: true` in your Collection / Global
configs.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ca1d7a8b-946a-4eac-b911-c2177dbe3b1c
Todo:
- [x] Translate new i18n keys
- [x] Wire up locale-specific scheduled publish / unpublish actions
Previously, the following MDX could not be parsed by lexical:
```tsx
<RestExamples
data={[
{
operation: "Find"
}
]}
```
Instead, it had to be converted into valid JSON:
```tsx
<RestExamples
data={[
{
"operation": "Find"
}
]}
```
This PR permits using the first example, as it swaps out JSON.parse with
them ore lenient [json5](https://www.npmjs.com/package/json5) package
parser
When using various controls within the List View, those selections are
sometimes not persisted. This is especially evident when selecting
`perPage` from the List View, where the URL and UI would reflect this
selection, but the controls would be stale. Similarly, after changing
`perPage` then navigating to another page through the pagination
controls, `perPage` would reset back to the original value. Same with
the sort controls, where sorting by a particular column would not be
reflected in the UI. This was because although we modify the URL search
params and fire off a new query with those changes, we were not updating
local component state.
Adds the ability to create a project using an existing in the Payload
repo example through `create-payload-app`:
For example:
`pnpx create-payload-app --example custom-server` - creates a project
from the
[custom-server](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/custom-server)
example.
This is much easier and faster then downloading the whole repo and
copying the example to another folder.
Note that we don't configure the payload config with the storage / DB
adapter there because examples can be very specific.
Separates `exports`, `main`, `types` for publish / dev with
`publishConfig` for the plugin template. Previously, you needed a `dist`
folder to run payload bin scripts.
Based on https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10154
If the actual database schema is not changed (no new columns, enums,
indexes, tables) - skip calling Drizzle push. This, potentially can
significantly reduce overhead on reloads in development mode especially
when using remote databases.
If for whatever reason you need to preserve the current behavior you can
use `PAYLOAD_FORCE_DRIZZLE_PUSH=true` env flag.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where multiple `upload` fields would sequentially
overwrite the `BulkUpload` internal `onSuccess` function causing new
uploads to populate the incorrect field from which the interaction
started.
### Why?
Sequential `upload` fields use a `useEffect` to set the success function
of the `BulkUpload` provider component, however this did not take into
account many `upload` fields in a single document. This PR prevents many
`upload` fields from overriding their sibling's `onSuccess` function in
order to populate those fields correctly.
### How?
By changing the way the bulk upload component handles success functions
from a singular function to a map of functions based on a string path of
the field, or if necessary, using a collection slug in the case of a
bulk upload on an `upload` collection list view.
Fixes#10177
Before (One hasMany, one single):
[Editing-hasmany-single--Post-before--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/01aeaa64-a065-4e66-8ab4-6bb9d4fa8556)
Before (Many hasMany):
[Editing-hasmany-two--Post-before--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/a65c58aa-9a15-4cca-b2c4-17484c020ddc)
After (One hasMany, one single):
[Editing-hasmany-single--Post-after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/7206f94e-4ce2-41b3-8b45-625f4974d28d)
After (Many hasMany):
[Editing-hasmany-two--Post-after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/72dbbdee-d4a5-4488-8ef0-3dd3918115a9)
Updates the plugin template and adds it to the monorepo
Includes:
* Integration testing setup
* Adding custom client / server components via a plugin
* The same building setup that we use for our plugins in the monorepo
* `create-payload-app` dynamically configures the project based on the
name:`dev/tsconfig.json`, `src/index.ts`, `dev/payload.config.ts`
For example, from project name: `payload-plugin-cool`
`src/index.ts`:
```ts
export type PayloadPluginCoolConfig = {
/**
* List of collections to add a custom field
*/
collections?: Partial<Record<CollectionSlug, true>>
disabled?: boolean
}
export const payloadPluginCool =
(pluginOptions: PayloadPluginCoolConfig) =>
/// ...
```
`dev/tsconfig.json`:
```json
{
"extends": "../tsconfig.json",
"exclude": [],
"include": [
"**/*.ts",
"**/*.tsx",
"../src/**/*.ts",
"../src/**/*.tsx",
"next.config.mjs",
".next/types/**/*.ts"
],
"compilerOptions": {
"baseUrl": "./",
"paths": {
"@payload-config": [
"./payload.config.ts"
],
"payload-plugin-cool": [
"../src/index.ts"
],
"payload-plugin-cool/client": [
"../src/exports/client.ts"
],
"payload-plugin-cool/rsc": [
"../src/exports/rsc.ts"
]
},
"noEmit": true
}
}
```
`./dev/payload.config.ts`
```
import { payloadPluginCool } from 'payload-plugin-cool'
///
plugins: [
payloadPluginCool({
collections: {
posts: true,
},
}),
],
```
Example of published plugin
https://www.npmjs.com/package/payload-plugin-cool
Previously we had been downgrading rimraf to v3 simply to handle clean
with glob patterns across platforms. In v4 and newer of rimraf you can
add `-g` to use glob patterns.
This change updates rimraf and adds the flag to handle globs in our
package scripts to be windows compatible.
Fixes#10180. When logged in as an unauthorized user who cannot access
the admin panel, the user is unable to log out through the prompted
`/admin/logout` page. This was because that page was using an incorrect
API endpoint, reading from `admin.user` instead of `user.collection`
when formatting the route. This page was also able to get stuck in an
infinite loading state when attempting to log out without any user at
all. Now, public users can properly log out and then back in with
another user who might have access. The messaging around this was also
misleading. Instead of displaying the "Unauthorized, you must be logged
in to make this request" message, we now display a new "Unauthorized,
this user does not have access to the admin panel" message for added
clarity.
As pointed out in #10164, parsing a `where` query from search params is
not exactly straightforward. Internally we rely on the `qs` module for
this, but it comes with a couple small nuances that are undocumented,
like the need to stringify them and specify depth. To standardize this,
we use a `parseSearchParams` utility internally that accepts the
`URLSearchParams` object that the `useSearchParams()` hook returns from
`next/navigation`. This PR exports that function for reuse and adds
JSDocs accordingly. Usage looks something like this:
```tsx
'use client'
import { useSearchParams } from 'next/navigation'
import { parseSearchParams } from '@payloadcms/ui'
function MyComponent() {
const searchParams = useSearchParams()
const parsedSearchParams = parseSearchParams(searchParams)
}
```
### What?
With Postgres, before join to self like:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const SelfJoins: CollectionConfig = {
slug: 'self-joins',
fields: [
{
name: 'rel',
type: 'relationship',
relationTo: 'self-joins',
},
{
name: 'joins',
type: 'join',
on: 'rel',
collection: 'self-joins',
},
],
}
```
wasn't possible, even though it's a valid usage.
### How?
Now, to differentiate parent `self_joins` and children `self_joins` we
do additional alias for the nested select -
`"4d3cf2b6_1adf_46a8_b6d2_3e1c3809d737"`:
```sql
select
"id",
"rel_id",
"updated_at",
"created_at",
(
select
coalesce(
json_agg(
json_build_object('id', "joins_alias".id)
),
'[]' :: json
)
from
(
select
"created_at",
"rel_id",
"id"
from
"self_joins" "4d3cf2b6_1adf_46a8_b6d2_3e1c3809d737"
where
"4d3cf2b6_1adf_46a8_b6d2_3e1c3809d737"."rel_id" = "self_joins"."id"
order by
"4d3cf2b6_1adf_46a8_b6d2_3e1c3809d737"."created_at" desc
limit
$1
) "joins_alias"
) as "joins_alias"
from
"self_joins"
where
"self_joins"."id" = $2
order by
"self_joins"."created_at" desc
limit
$3
```
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10144
-->
Fixes#10070. Adding new blocks or array rows can randomly get stuck
within an infinite loading state. This was because the abort controllers
responsible for disregarding duplicate `onChange` and `onSave` events
was not properly resetting its refs across invocations. This caused
subsequent event handlers to incorrectly abort themselves, leading to
unresolved requests and a `null` form state. Similarly, the cleanup
effects responsible for aborting these requests on component unmount
were also referencing its `current` property directly off the refs,
which can possible be stale if not first set as a variable outside the
return function.
This PR also carries over some missing `onSave` logic from the default
edit view into the live preview view. In the future the logic between
these two views should be standardized, as they're nearly identical but
often become out of sync. This can likely be done through the use of
reusable hooks, such as `useOnSave`, `useOnChange`, etc. Same with the
document locking functionality which is complex and deeply integrated
into each of these views.
Live Preview message events were typed with the generic `MessageEvent`
interface without passing any of the Live Preview specific properties,
leading to unknown types upon use. To fix this, there is a new
`LivePreviewMessageEvent` which properly extends the underlying
`MessageEvent` interface, providing much needed type safety to these
functions. In the same vein, the `UpdatedDocument` type was not being
properly shared across packages, leading to multiple independent
definitions of this type. This type is now exported from `payload`
itself and renamed to `DocumentEvent` for improved semantics. Same with
the `FieldSchemaJSON` type. This PR also adjusts where globally scoped
variables are set, putting them within the shared `_payloadLivePreview`
namespace instead of setting them individually at the top-level.
### What?
This fixes a couple of broken links, specifically to the CSRF and the
e-mail verification doc pages, which appear to have been moved from the
root Authentication page.
### Why?
While it makes sense to familiarize one self with the Authentication
Overview page as well, if you are specifically looking for info on CSRF
protection (which I was doing while evaluting Payload for my agency),
the link should go to the right place.
Fix#9964
Now we make sure that the node for the previous selection exists before
restoring it to avoid a runtime error.
I also optimized the performance of a function in the client feature.
In the future, we should centralize the insertion of all decorator
blocks in one place. There are several things to improve. For example,
currently an additional paragraph is inserted (in addition to the one
for the selection we delete).
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where assigning a label or description function
to a tab would cause a runtime error due to passing a function to a
client component.
### Why?
To prevent runtime errors when using non-static designations.
### How?
By properly evaluating label and description functions prior to
assignment to their `clientTab` counterpart.
Fixes#10114
Before:
After:
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.11.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where deleting an entry in a `Join` via the
`Drawer` accessed through the `DrawerLink` would not update the table
until the page was refreshed.
### Why?
For a better, more reactive, deletion experience for end-users. Ideally,
the deletion is reflected in the table right away.
### How?
By passing an `onDrawerDelete` function to the `DrawerLink` which simply
filters out the existing doc according to an id.
Fixes#9580
Before:
[Editing---Post--before-Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/3dd4df78-bb63-46b1-bf5f-7643935e15ad)
After:
[Editing---Post--after-Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/97bb604f-41df-4cc9-8c46-9a59a19c72b7)
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where the unpublish modal was unreachable due to
the high `z-index` on `Drawer` components. This makes unpublishing
documents from a drawer impossible. For example, when editting a
document from the drawer opened in a `RelationshipTable`.
### Why?
To allow editors to be able to unpublish docs regardless of drawer depth
and context.
### How?
By rendering the unpublish modal at a sufficiently high z-index, while
taking into account edit depth.
Fixes#10108
Before:
[Dashboard-unpublish-before--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/7acf1002-138e-48bd-81ec-76f5eabfb2d4)
After:
[Dashboard-unpublish-after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ff109ee9-5b63-43d0-931f-500ded8f6d3a)
IDs that are supplied directly through the API, such as client-side
generated IDs when adding new blocks and array rows, are overwritten on
create. This is because when adding blocks or array rows on the client,
their IDs are generated first before being sent to the server for
processing. Then when the server receives this data, it incorrectly
overrides them to ensure they are unique when using relational DBs. But
this only needs to happen when no ID was supplied on create, or
specifically when duplicating documents via the `beforeDuplicate` hook.
### What?
Exposes ability to enable
[AUTOINCREMENT](https://www.sqlite.org/autoinc.html) for Primary Keys
which ensures that the same ID cannot be reused from previously deleted
rows.
```ts
sqliteAdapter({
autoIncrement: true
})
```
### Why?
This may be essential for some systems. Enabled `autoIncrement: true`
also for the SQLite Adapter in our tests, which can be useful when
testing whether the doc was deleted or not when you also have other
create operations.
### How?
Uses Drizzle's `autoIncrement` option.
WARNING:
This cannot be enabled in an existing project without a custom
migration, as it completely changes how primary keys are stored in the
database.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.10.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
I noticed that payload.secret was getting logged via console.log, adding
a significant security risk.
Removed the console.log statements from three preview/route.ts files.
### What?
Previously, the `with-vercel-website` template included a `DATABASE_URI`
env var in the `.env.example` file - which was unneeded.
### Why?
The `with-vercel-website` template uses a `POSTGRES_URL` env var for the
db connection string env var instead.
### How?
Removes the `DATABASE_URI` env var from the .env.example file.
Also, updates the `DATABASE_URI` db string names in the following
templates from `payloadtests` to `your-database-name` for a more generic
/ clear name:
- with-postgres
- with-vercel-mongodb
- with-vercel-postgres
- with-vercel-website
The auth example was not properly awaiting `getHeaders` from
`next/navigation`. This was simply outdated, as this function was
changed to async over the course of the various RC versions during our
beta phase.
* Avoids additional file system writes (1 for `await writeFile` and then
`npx prettier --write`) instead prettier now formats the javascript
string directly. Went from 650 MS to 250 MS for the prettify block.
* Disables database connection, since the `db.generateSchema` doesn't
need connection, this also disables Drizzle schema push.
* Properly exits the bin script process.
The auth example was still on `v3.0.0-beta.24`, was missing its users
collection config, and was not yet using the component paths pattern
established here: #7246. This updates to latest and fixes these issues.
This example can still use further improvements and housekeeping which
will come in future PRs.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.9.0
Triggered by user: @paulpopus
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
The join field had a limitation imposed that prevents it from targeting
polymorphic relationship fields. With this change we can support any
relationship fields.
### Why?
Improves the functionality of join field.
### How?
Extended the database adapters and removed the config sanitization that
would throw an error when polymorphic relationships were used.
Fixes #
This PR allows to have full type safety on `payload.drizzle` with a
single command
```sh
pnpm payload generate:db-schema
```
Which generates TypeScript code with Drizzle declarations based on the
current database schema.
Example of generated file with the website template:
https://gist.github.com/r1tsuu/b8687f211b51d9a3a7e78ba41e8fbf03
Video that shows the power:
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/3ced958b-ec1d-49f5-9f51-d859d5fae236
We also now proxy drizzle package the same way we do for Lexical so you
don't have to install it (and you shouldn't because you may have version
mismatch).
Instead, you can import from Drizzle like this:
```ts
import {
pgTable,
index,
foreignKey,
integer,
text,
varchar,
jsonb,
boolean,
numeric,
serial,
timestamp,
uniqueIndex,
pgEnum,
} from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle/pg-core'
import { sql } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle'
import { relations } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle/relations'
```
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/4318
In the future we can also support types generation for mongoose / raw
mongodb results.
Previously, queries like this didn't work:
```ts
const res = await payload.find({
collection: 'polymorphic-relationships',
where: {
polymorphicLocalized: {
equals: {
relationTo: 'movies',
value: movie.id,
},
},
},
})
```
This was due to the incorrectly passed path to MongoDB without
`.{locale}` suffix.
Additionally, to MongoDB now we send:
```
{
$or: [
{
polymorphic: {
$eq: {
relationTo: formattedValue.relationTo,
value: formattedValue.value,
},
},
},
{
polymorphic: {
$eq: {
relationTo: 'movies',
value: 'some-id',
},
},
},
],
},
```
Instead of:
```
{
$and: [
{
'polymorphic.relationTo': {
$eq: 'movies ',
},
},
{
'polymorphic.value': {
$eq: 'some-id ',
},
},
],
}
```
To match the _exact_ value. This is essential when we do querying by
relationships with `hasMany: true` and custom IDs that can be repeated.
`$or` is needed if for some reason keys are stored in the DB in a
different order
We merged https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9773 that adds
support for join field with relationships inside arrays, it just happens
that now it's also true for relationships inside blocks, added a test
case with blocks.
This just corrects initial data drawer calculation with the "add new"
button if we encounter a blocks field in join's `on`.
### What?
Previously, the `req` argument:
In database operations (e.g `payload.db`) was required and you needed to
pass the whole `req` with all the properties. This is confusing because
in database operations we never use its properties outside of
`req.transactionID` and `req.t`, both of which should be optional as
well.
Now, you don't have to do that cast:
```ts
payload.db.findOne({
collection: 'posts',
req: {} as PayloadRequest,
where: {
id: {
equals: 1,
},
},
})
```
Becomes:
```ts
payload.db.findOne({
collection: 'posts',
where: {
id: {
equals: 1,
},
},
})
```
If you need to use transactions, you're not required to do the `as` cast
as well now, as the `req` not only optional but also partial -
`Partial<PayloadRequest>`.
`initTransaction`, `commitTransaction`, `killTransaction` utilities are
typed better now as well. They do not require to you pass all the
properties of `req`, but only `payload` -
`MarkRequired<Partial<PayloadRequest>, 'payload'>`
```ts
const req = { payload }
await initTransaction(req)
await payload.db.create({
collection: "posts",
data: {},
req
})
await commitTransaction(req)
```
The same for the Local API. Internal operations (for example
`packages/payload/src/collections/operations/find.ts`) still accept the
whole `req`, but local ones
(`packages/payload/src/collections/operations/local/find.ts`) which are
used through `payload.` now accept `Partial<PayloadRequest>`, as they
pass it through to internal operations with `createLocalReq`.
So now, this is also valid, while previously you had to do `as` cast for
`req`.
```ts
const req = { payload }
await initTransaction(req)
await payload.create({
collection: "posts",
data: {},
req
})
await commitTransaction(req)
```
Marked as deprecated `PayloadRequest['transactionIDPromise']` to remove
in the next major version. It was never used anywhere.
Refactored `withSession` that returns an object to `getSession` that
returns just `ClientSession`. Better type safety for arguments
Deduplicated in all drizzle operations to `getTransaction(this, req)`
utility:
```ts
const db = this.sessions[await req?.transactionID]?.db || this.drizzle
```
Added fallback for throwing unique validation errors in database
operations when `req.t` is not available.
In migration `up` and `down` functions our `req` is not partial, while
we used to passed `req` with only 2 properties - `payload` and
`transactionID`. This is misleading and you can't access for example
`req.t`.
Now, to achieve "real" full `req` - we generate it with `createLocalReq`
in all migration functions.
This all is backwards compatible. In all public API places where you
expect the full `req` (like hooks) you still have it.
### Why?
Better DX, more expected types, less errors because of types casting.
### What?
Querying by nested to rows fields in has many relationships like this:
```ts
const result = await payload.find({
collection: 'relationship-fields',
where: {
'relationToRowMany.title': { equals: 'some-title' },
},
})
```
Where the related collection:
```ts
const RowFields: CollectionConfig = {
slug: rowFieldsSlug,
fields: [
{
type: 'row',
fields: [
{
name: 'title',
label: 'Title within a row',
type: 'text',
required: true,
},
],
},
],
}
```
was broken
### Why?
We migrated to use `flattenedFields`, but not in this specific case.
This error would be caught earlier we used `noImplictAny` typescript
rule. https://www.typescriptlang.org/tsconfig/#noImplicitAny which
wouldn't allow us to create variable like this:
```ts
let relationshipFields // relationshipFields is any here
```
Instead, we should write:
```ts
let relationshipFields: FlattenedField[]
```
We should migrate to it and `strictNullChecks` as well.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9534
Although we have a dedicated e2e test suite for custom IDs, tests for
custom unnamed tab and row IDs were still located within the admin test
suite. This consolidates these tests into the appropriate test suite as
expected.
The forgotPassword operation exits silently if no user is found, but
because we don't throw an error the transaction never gets committed
leading to a timeout.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.9.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
This PR makes changes to every storage adapter in order to add
browser-based caching by returning etags, then checking for them into
incoming requests and responding a status code of `304` so the data
doesn't have to be returned again.
Performance improvements for cached subsequent requests:
This respects `disableCache` in the dev tools.
Also fixes a bug with getting the latest image when using the Vercel
Blob Storage adapter.
By default, if a task has passed previously and a workflow is re-run,
the task will not be re-run. Instead, the output from the previous task
run will be returned. This is to prevent unnecessary re-runs of tasks
that have already passed.
This PR allows you to configure this behavior through the
`retries.shouldRestore` property. This property accepts a boolean or a
function for more complex restore behaviors.
### What?
Previously, upload files urls were not being encoded.
### Why?
As a result, this could lead to discrepancies where upload filenames
with spaces - the spaces would not be encoded as %20 in the URL.
### How?
To address this issue, we simply need to encode the filename of the
upload media.
Fixes#9698
In Payload Cloud, an unhelpful message would be surfaced if attempting
to retrieve a non-existent file. This improves the log message and
response to be more helpful.
Adds the ability to pass additional schema options for collections with:
```ts
mongooseAdapter({
collectionsSchemaOptions: {
posts: {
strict: false,
},
},
})
```
This changes relates to these:
- https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4533
- https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/4534
It is a proposal to set custom schema options for mongoose driver.
I understand this got introduced into `main` v2 after `beta` branch was
created so this feature got lost.
- [x] I have read and understand the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
Previously, if you selected only upload `hasMany: true` field, you would
receive an empty arrays always, because the `_rels` table wasn't joined
in this case. Fixes the condition to count `field.type === 'upload'` .
### What?
Previously, setting the `admin.rows` property did not change the height
of the `textarea` field input.
### Why?
Although `rows` was being properly set on the textarea element - it's
absolute positioning prevented the height from actually changing.
### How?
Updates the styles of the textarea field component to properly allow the
rows prop to change the height of the field.
Example w/:
```
{
name: 'someTextArea',
type: 'textarea',
admin: {
rows: 5,
}
}
```
Before:
After:
Fixes#10017
Should fix messed up import suggestions and simplifies all tsconfigs
through inheritance.
One main issue was that packages were inheriting `baseURL: "."` from the
root tsconfig. This caused incorrect import suggestions that start with
"packages/...".
This PR ensures that packages do not inherit this baseURL: "." property,
while ensuring the root, non-inherited tsconfig still keeps it to get
tests to work (the importMap needs it)
CPA projects generated with the `vercel-postgres` db type were not
receiving the proper DB env vars in the .env.example & .env files
With the `vercel-postgres` db type, the DB env var needs to be
`POSTGRES_URL` not `DATABASE_URI`.
Additionally, updates the generated .env.example file to show generic
env var strings.
#### Blank w/ MongoDB:
- `.env.example`:
```
DATABASE_URI=mongodb://127.0.0.1/your-database-name
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE
```
- `.env`:
```
# Added by Payload
DATABASE_URI=mongodb://127.0.0.1/test-cpa-blank-mongodb
PAYLOAD_SECRET=aef857429edc7f42a90bb374
```
#### Blank w/ Postgres:
- `.env.example`:
```
DATABASE_URI=postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/your-database-name
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE
```
- `.env`:
```
# Added by Payload
DATABASE_URI=postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa-blank-postgres
PAYLOAD_SECRET=241bfe11fbe0a56dd9757019
```
#### Blank w/ SQLite:
- `.env.example`:
```
DATABASE_URI=file:./your-database-name.db
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE
```
- `.env`:
```
# Added by Payload
DATABASE_URI=file:./test-cpa-blank-sqlite.db
PAYLOAD_SECRET=a7808731b93240a73a11930c
```
#### Blank w/ vercel-postgres:
- `.env.example`:
```
POSTGRES_URL=postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/your-database-name
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE
```
- `.env`:
```
# Added by Payload
POSTGRES_URL=postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa-blank-vercel-postgres
PAYLOAD_SECRET=af3951e923e8e4662c9c3d9e
```
Fixes#9996
### What?
Allow the join field to have a configuration `on` relationships inside
of an array, ie `on: 'myArray.myRelationship'`.
### Why?
This is a more powerful and expressive way to use the join field and not
be limited by usage of array data. For example, if you have a roles
array for multinant sites, you could add a join field on the sites to
show who the admins are.
### How?
This fixes the traverseFields function to allow the configuration to
pass sanitization. In addition, the function for querying the drizzle
tables needed to be ehanced.
Additional changes from https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9995:
- Significantly improves traverseFields and the 'join' case with a raw
query injection pattern, right now it's internal but we could expose it
at some point, for example for querying vectors.
- Fixes potential issues with not passed locale to traverseFields (it
was undefined always)
- Adds an empty array fallback for joins with localized relationships
Fixes #
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/9643
---------
Co-authored-by: Because789 <thomas@because789.ch>
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes#9888. Field permissions were not being passed into custom
components. This led to custom components, such as arrays and blocks,
unable to render default Payload fields. This was because their props
lacked the permissions object required for rendering. For example:
```ts
'use client'
import type { ArrayFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
import { ArrayField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export const MyArray: ArrayFieldClientComponent = (props) => <ArrayField {...props} />
```
In this example the array field itself would render, but the fields
within each row would not, because the array field did not pass its
permissions down to the rows.
### What?
`previousValue` was incorrect. It would always return the current value.
### Why?
It was accessing siblingData instead of siblingDoc. Other hooks use
siblingDoc, but this one was using siblingData.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where bulk upload on an upload field with
hasMany, which had errors on sequential uploads, caused only the last
successful upload to be saved to the field value.
### Why?
To save all successful uploads to the field value and sync what was
shown in the ui to the actual field data.
### How?
By triggering a rerender that syncs `populatedDocs` to the fields
`value` on each sequential successful upload after form errors were
resolved.
Fixes#9890
Before:
[Bulk-upload-before--Post---Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6396a88b-21c2-4037-b1ef-fd7f8d16103f)
After:
[Bulk-upload-after---Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/8566a022-6e86-46c7-87fe-78d01e6dd8c9)
Notes:
- The core issue was that onSuccess function was not properly syncing
the correct field values resulting in stale values that would overwrite
old docs.
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
This PR fixes an issue in the hero banner of website templates where
`priority` was passed to `ImageMedia` component but was incompatible with
NextImage `loading="lazy"`, causing error. The fix is to add a ternary
condition to check if `priority` prop is passed before setting `loading.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes a runtime error encountered when navigating into a search
doc that had its' related collection doc deleted, but it itself remained
(if for example `deleteFromSearch` deletion failed for some reason).
### Why?
To prevent runtime errors for end-users using `plugin-search`.
### How?
By returning earlier if the field value is undefined or missing required
values in `LinkToDoc`.
Fixes#9443 (partially, see also: #9623)
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.8.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
This PR allows you to use a local database when using
`vercelPostgresAdapter`. This adapter doesn't work with them because it
requires an SSL connection and Neon's WS proxy. Instead we fallback to
using pool from `pg` if `hostname` is either `127.0.0.1` or `localhost`.
If you still want to use `@vercel/postgres` even locally you can pass
`disableUsePgForLocalDatabase: true` here and you'd have to spin up the
DB with a special Neon's Docker Compose setup -
https://vercel.com/docs/storage/vercel-postgres/local-development#option-2:-local-postgres-instance-with-docker
### Why?
Forcing people to use a cloud database locally isn't great. Not only
they are slow but also paid.
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
Extension of #9933. Custom components are returned by form state,
meaning that if we don't wait for form state to return before rendering
row labels, the default row label component will render in briefly
before being swapped by a custom component (if applicable). Using the
new `isLoading` prop on array and block rows, we can conditionally
render them just as we currently do for the row fields themselves.
Previously with `@payloadcms/plugin-storage-blob`, if token was not set,
the plugin would throw an error. This caused a less-than-ideal developer
experience.
With this change, if the `token` value is undefined:
- Local storage will be used as a fallback
- The error will no longer be thrown.
Hero images should use the `priority` property so that browsers will
preload them. This is because hero images, by definition, are rendered
"above the fold" and should be treated as such, optimizing LCP. This
also means these images should _not_ define a `loading` strategy, as
this disregards the priority flag.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.7.0
Triggered by user: @paulpopus
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Rework of https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/5912
### What?
Now, when `defaultValue` is defined as function you can receive the
`req` argument:
```ts
{
name: 'defaultValueFromReq',
type: 'text',
defaultValue: async ({ req, user, locale }) => {
return Promise.resolve(req.context.defaultValue)
},
},
```
`user` and `locale` even though are repeated in `req`, this potentially
leaves some room to add more args in the future without removing them
now.
This also improves type for `defaultValue`:
```ts
type SerializableValue = boolean | number | object | string
export type DefaultValue =
| ((args: {
locale?: TypedLocale
req: PayloadRequest
user: PayloadRequest['user']
}) => SerializableValue)
| SerializableValue
```
### Why?
To access the current URL / search params / Local API and other things
directly in `defaultValue`.
### How?
Passes `req` through everywhere where we call `defaultValue()`
### What?
Removes the `localized` property from typescript suggestion for row and
collapsible fields.
### Why?
Currently, this property doesn't do anything for them. This may be
changed when/if we support `name` for them, but it'll work only with
`name`.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4720
Add the ability to specify which columns should appear in the
relationship table of a join fields
The new property is in the Join field `admin.defaultColumns` and can be
set to an array of strings containing the field names in the desired
order.
In PR #9930 we added `overrideAccess: false` to the find operation and
failed to pass the user. This caused
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9974 where any access
control causes the edit view to error.
The fix was to pass the user through.
This change also adds Join Field e2e tests to the CI pipeline which was
previously missing and would have caught the error.
When installing Payload, `react-select` currently throws a dependency
warning because `v5.8.0` does not include React 19 in its peer deps. As
of `v5.9.0`, it now does thanks to
https://github.com/JedWatson/react-select/pull/5984.
The post-release-templates workflow gets triggered whenever we create a
github release. It is fed the git tag. A script is then run to update
the templates' migrations and lockfile (if applicable).
There was a scenario where despite the packages already being published
to npm a few minutes prior, this process would error out saying that the
latest version was not available.
This PR adds a script that polls for 5 minutes against npm to wait for
the newly published version to resolve and match the git release tag.
### What?
Adds the ability to set custom validation rules on the root `graphQL`
config property and the ability to define custom complexity on
relationship, join and upload type fields.
### Why?
**Validation Rules**
These give you the option to add your own validation rules. For example,
you may want to prevent introspection queries in production. You can now
do that with the following:
```ts
import { GraphQL } from '@payloadcms/graphql/types'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
graphQL: {
validationRules: (args) => [
NoProductionIntrospection
]
},
// ...
})
const NoProductionIntrospection: GraphQL.ValidationRule = (context) => ({
Field(node) {
if (process.env.NODE_ENV === 'production') {
if (node.name.value === '__schema' || node.name.value === '__type') {
context.reportError(
new GraphQL.GraphQLError(
'GraphQL introspection is not allowed, but the query contained __schema or __type',
{ nodes: [node] }
)
);
}
}
}
})
```
**Custom field complexity**
You can now increase the complexity of a field, this will help users
from running queries that are too expensive. A higher number will make
the `maxComplexity` trigger sooner.
```ts
const fieldWithComplexity = {
name: 'authors',
type: 'relationship',
relationship: 'authors',
graphQL: {
complexity: 100, // highlight-line
}
}
```
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.7.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Currently, custom components do not respect `admin.condition` unless
manually wrapped with the `withCondition` HOC, like all default fields
currently do. This should not be a requirement of component authors.
Instead, we can automatically detect custom client and server fields and
wrap them with the underlying `WatchCondition` component which will
subscribe to the `passesCondition` property within client-side form
state.
For my future self: there are potentially multiple instances where
fields subscribe to conditions duplicately, such as when rendering a
default Payload field within a custom field component. This was always a
problem and it is non-breaking, but needs to be reevaluated and removed
in the future for performance. Only the default fields that Payload
renders client-side need to subscribe to field conditions in this way.
When importing a Payload field into your custom field component, for
example, it should not include the HOC, because custom components now
watch conditions themselves.
As field tests grow in size, they need to be moved out of the greater
fields test spec and into their own standalone files for readability,
maintainability, and speed. This way they we can write field tests in a
more isolated environment, and they can run in parallel in CI.
## Bug Fix
### Issue
Draft children documents get overwritten when the parent document is
published.
### Fix
Correctly retrieve all documents, including drafts, during the resave
process. Add test to ensure parent documents can be published without
impacting the state of any children docs.
When a condition exists on a field and it resolves to `false`, it
currently "blinks" in and out when rendered within an array or block
row. This is because when add rows to form state, we iterate over the
_fields_ of that row and render their respective components. Then when
conditions are checked for that field, we're expecting `passesCondition`
to be explicitly `false`, ultimately _rendering_ the field for a brief
moment before form state returns with evaluated conditions. The fix is
to set these fields into local form state with a new `isLoading: true`
prop, then display a loader within the row until form state returns with
its proper conditions.
Exposes `pagination: false` to REST / GraphQL to improve performance on
large collections by avoiding count query.
This will also be nice for our SDK
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9463 to have the same
properties.
### What?
The `readOnly` prop was not being passed down to the `email` &
`username` auth fields.
Resulting in these fields not being disabled properly if `update` access
was restricted.
### How?
Passes the `readOnly` prop through to the fields and now properly
disables these fields if `update` access is restricted.
### What?
Previously, only `.` & `-` special chars were allowed in usernames
### How?
Now - all special chars are accepted during username creating like `@`
When opening payload in our monorepo and then working on a different
project that comes with a frontend, it will automatically redirect me
from localhost:3000 => localhost:3000/admin, not letting me view the
landing page until I clear my browser cache.
I'm hoping this will fix it
- Refactoring that simplifies finding things:
```md
## BEFORE
- Rich Text
- Overview
- Slate
- Lexical
- Lexical
- Overview
- Converters
- Migration
- Custom Features
## AFTER
- Rich Text
- Overview
- Converters
- Custom Features
- Migration
- Slate (legacy)
```
- It takes some of the spotlight away from Slate. Lexical is assumed as
the default editor and a banner at the beginning refers to the Slate
documentation.
- Various writing improvements.
PENDING:
- [ ] some 301 redirects needed
- `/docs/rich-text/lexical` to `/docs/rich-text/overview`
- `/docs/lexical/overview` to `/docs/rich-text/overview`
- `/docs/lexical/converters` to `/docs/rich-text/converters`
- `/docs/lexical/migration` to `/docs/rich-text/migration`
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
update YouTube "What is Payload?" video
### Why?
Reflect 3.0 changes.
### How?
Fixes #
-->
It is still not indicated whether the email exists or not for security
reasons, but:
1. It is indicated that it is a possibility (if the email exists, the
email will be sent).
2. The user is advised to check the spam and junk mail folders.
`relationTo` was specified incorrectly which led to
```
● Joins Field › rEST API should not populate individual join by providing schemaPath=false
error: insert or update on table "collection_restricted" violates foreign key constraint "collection_restricted_category_id_restricted_categories_id_fk"
18 | .returning()
19 | } else {
> 20 | result = await (db as TransactionPg).insert(table).values(values).returning()
```
Currently, predefined migrations can only be loaded if they are part of
one of our db adapters.
With this PR, plugins will be able to export their own predefined
migrations that can be created like this:
`pnpm payload migrate:create --file
@payloadcms/plugin-someplugin/someMigration`
with the plugin exporting it in their package.json:
```json
"exports": {
"./someMigration": {
"import": "./someMigration.mjs",
"types": "./someMigration.mjs",
"default": "./someMigration.mjs"
}
},
```
### What?
`payload.db.updateOne` (and so `payload.db.upsert`) with drizzle
adapters used incoming `where` incorrectly and worked properly only
either if you passed `id` or some where query path required table joins
(like `where: { 'array.title'`) which is also the reason why `upsert`
_worked_ with user preferences specifically, because we need to join the
`preferences_rels` table to query by `user.relationTo` and `user.value`
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9915
This was found here - https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9913,
the database KV adapter uses `upsert` with `where` by unique fields.
### What?
Previously, the `admin.group` property on `collection` / `global`
configs allowed for a custom group and the `admin.hidden` property would
not only hide the entity from the nav sidebar / dashboard but also
disable its routes.
### Why?
There was not a simple way to hide an entity from the nav sidebar /
dashboard but still keep the entities routes.
### How?
Now - we've added the `false` type to the `admin.group` field to account
for this.
Passing `false` to `admin.group` will hide the entity from the sidebar
nav and dashboard but keep the routes available to navigate.
I.e
```
admin: {
group: false,
},
```
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.6.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9895
We were still including field custom components in the ClientConfig,
which will throw an error if actual server-only properties were passed
to `PayloadComponent.serverProps`. This PR removes them from the
ClientConfig
This PR adds a feature which fixes another issue with migrations in
Postgres and does few refactors that significantly reduce code
duplication.
Previously, if you needed to use the underlying database directly in
migrations with the active transaction (for example to execute raw SQL),
created from `payload create:migration`, as `req` doesn't work there you
had to do something like this:
```ts
// Postgres
export async function up({ payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const db = payload.db.sessions?.[await req.transactionID!].db ?? payload.db
const { rows: posts } = await db.execute(sql`SELECT * from posts`)
}
// MongoDB
export async function up({ payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const session = payload.db.sessions?.[await req.transactionID!]
const posts = await payload.db.collections.posts.collection.find({ session }).toArray()
}
```
Which was:
1. Awkward to write
2. Not documented anywhere
Now, we expose `session` and `db` to `up` and `down` functions for you:
#### MongoDB:
```ts
import { type MigrateUpArgs } from '@payloadcms/db-mongodb'
export async function up({ session, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const posts = await payload.db.collections.posts.collection.find({ session }).toArray()
}
```
#### Postgres:
```ts
import { type MigrateUpArgs, sql } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
export async function up({ db, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const { rows: posts } = await db.execute(sql`SELECT * from posts`)
}
```
#### SQLite:
```ts
import { type MigrateUpArgs, sql } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite'
export async function up({ db, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const { rows: posts } = await db.run(sql`SELECT * from posts`)
}
```
This actually was a thing with Postgres migrations, we already were
passing `db`, but:
1. Only for `up` and when running `payload migrate`, not for example
with `payload migrate:fresh`
2. Not documented neither in TypeScript or docs.
By ensuring we use `db`, this also fixes an issue that affects all
Postgres/SQLite migrations:
Currently, if we run `payload migration:create` with the postgres
adapter we get a file like this:
```ts
import { MigrateUpArgs, MigrateDownArgs, sql } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
export async function up({ payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
await payload.db.drizzle.execute(sql`
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "users" (
"id" serial PRIMARY KEY NOT NULL,
);
```
Looks good?
Not exactly!
`payload.db.drizzle.execute()` doesn't really use the current
transaction which can lead to some problems.
Instead, it should use the `db` from `payload.db.sessions?.[await
req.transactionID!].db` because that's where we store our Drizzle
instance with the transaction.
But now, if we generate `payload migrate:create` we get:
```ts
import { MigrateUpArgs, MigrateDownArgs, sql } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
export async function up({ db, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
await db.execute(sql`
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "users" (
"id" serial PRIMARY KEY NOT NULL,
);
```
Which is what we want, as the `db` is passed correctly here:
76428373e4/packages/drizzle/src/migrate.ts (L88-L90)
```ts
export async function up({ db, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const dbWithTransaction = payload.db.sessions?.[await req.transactionID!].db
payload.logger.info({ one: db === dbWithTransaction })
payload.logger.info({ two: db === payload.db.drizzle })
```
<img width="336" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f9fab5a9-44c2-44a9-95dd-8e5cf267f027">
Additionally, this PR refactors:
* `createMigration` with Drizzle - now we have sharable
`buildCreateMigration` in `@payloadcms/drizzle` to reduce copy-pasting
of the same logic.
* the `v2-v3` relationships migration for Postgres is now shared between
`db-postgres` and `db-vercel-postgres`, again to reduce copy-paste.
This PR threads default `serverProps` to Edit and List view action slots, as well as other various components that were missing them.
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
Previously, Autosave could trigger 2 parallel fetches where the second
could outpace the first, leading to inconsistent results.
Now, we use a simple queue-based system where we can push multiple
autosave events into a queue, and only the latest autosave will be
performed.
This also prevents multiple autosaves from ever running in parallel.
### What?
There are scenarios where the server-rendered HTML might intentionally
differ from the client-rendered DOM causing `Hydration` errors in the
DOM.
### How?
Added a new prop to the payload config `admin` object called
`suppressHydrationWarning` that allows control to display these warnings
or not.
If you set `suppressHydrationWarning` to `true`, React will not warn you
about mismatches in the attributes and the content of that element.
Defaults to `false` - so if there is a mismatch and this prop is not
defined in your config, the hydration errors will show.
```
admin: {
suppressHydrationWarning: true // will suppress the errors if there is a mismatch
}
```
The logic for creating a timestamp for use in resetPassword was not
correctly returning a valid date.
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
Continuation of #9846 and partial fix for #9774. When setting
`admin.disableListFilter` retroactively, it remains active within the
list filter controls. Same for when the URL search query contains one of
these fields, except this will actually display the _wrong_ field,
falling back to the _first_ field from the config. The fix is to
properly disable the condition for this field if it's an active filter,
while still preventing it from ever rendering as an option within the
field selector itself.
Partial fix for #9774. When `admin.disableListColumn` is set
retroactively, it continues to appear in column state, but shouldn't.
This was because the table column context was not refreshing after HMR
runs, and would instead hold onto these stale columns until the page
itself refreshes. Similarly, this was also a problem when the user had
saved any of these columns to their list preferences, where those prefs
would take precedence despite these properties being set on the
underlying fields. The fix is to filter these columns from all requests
that send them, and ensure local component state properly refreshes
itself.
### What?
It became possible for fields to reset to a defined `defaultValue` when
bulk editing from the `edit-many` drawer.
### Why?
The form-state of all fields were being considered during a bulk edit -
this also meant using their initial states - this meant any fields with
default values or nested fields (`arrays`) would be overwritten with
their initial states
I.e. empty values or default values.
### How?
Now - we only send through the form data of the fields specifically
being edited in the edit-many drawer and ignore all other fields.
Leaving all other fields stay their current values.
Fixes#9590
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
### What?
Custom auth collections default `useAsTitle` to `id`.
### Why?
It is more expected for auth collections to search on email or username.
### How?
Defaults useAsTitle to `username` if loginWithUsername is used, else
`email`. Can still be overridden by setting a custom `admin.useAsTitle`
property.
- Adds missing types, especially the `Where` type. Will be helpful for
people to see that they can type their queries like that
- Mention pnpm first and prefer pnpm > npm > yarn throughout docs
- Add `payload` to function arguments in examples to discourage people
from doing `import payload from 'payload'`
- PNPM => pnpm, NPM => npm
- Fix some typos
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.5.0
Triggered by user: @paulpopus
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes#9830. Continuation of #9755 and #9746. Instead of automatically
appending TLDs to the `admin.preview` and the `livePreview.url` URLs, we
should instead ensure that `req` is passed through these functions, so
that you can have full control over the format of this URL without
Payload imposing any of its own formatting.
Adds the missing tests to the `needs:` dependency array for `all-green`
step in CI so that all-green doesn't pass if these tests fail or are in
progress
```
- build-templates
- tests-types
- tests-type-generation
```
### What?
`@lexical-html` is missing from the `lexical-proxy` exports.
### Why?
To allow `@lexical-html` functionality to be used without needing to
install the package separately.
### How?
Adds `@lexical-html` to the `lexical-proxy` exports.
Fixes#9792
As proposed here
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9782#issuecomment-2522090135
with additional testing of our types we can be more sure that we don't
break them between updates.
This PR already adds types testing for most Local API methods
6beb921c2e/test/types/types.spec.ts
but new tests for types can be easily added, either to that same file or
you can create `types.spec.ts` in any other test folder.
The new test folder uses `strict: true` to ensure our types do not break
with it.
---------
Co-authored-by: Tom Mrazauskas <tom@mrazauskas.de>
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.5.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
Previously, the create-payload-app install would properly update the env
vars in the new created `.env` file but kept outdated env vars in the
`.env.example` file.
I.e
If selecting a `postgres` DB for the blank or website template:
`.env` --> `DATABASE_URI` -->
`postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa`
`.env.example` --> `DATABASE_URI` -->
`mongodb://127.0.0.1/payload-template-blank-3-0`
### Now
`.env` --> `DATABASE_URI` -->
`postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa`
`.env.example` --> `DATABASE_URI` -->
`postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa`
### What?
* Exposes to `payload` these functions: `sanitizeSelectParam`,
`sanitizePopulateParam`, `senitizeJoinParams`.
* Refactors `sanitizeSelect` and `sanitizePopulate` to
`sanitizeSelectParam` and `sanitizePopulateParam` for clarity.
* Moves them from `@payloadcms/next` to `payload` as they aren't related
to next.
### Why?
To use these functions externally, for example in custom endpoints.
### What?
Previously, `initCollapsed: true` `array` fields would auto collapse
when typing in their respective inputs while in the create new view.
### Why?
This was due to the fact that we were only checking if `preferences`
existed in `form state` to handle the current state of the array row and
then falling back on the `initCollapsed` prop if `preferences` didn't
exist.
This was a problem because during create - `preferences` do not exist
yet. As a result, the state of the array row would keep falling back to
collapsed if `initCollapsed` was set to `true`.
### How?
To fix this, we now check the actual form state first before falling
back to preferences and then falling back to the initCollapsed prop
value.
Fixes#9775
### What?
Enhanced Serbian translations for the lexical editor have been
implemented. The updates correct inaccuracies in the Serbian Cyrillic
translations and address various errors in the previous versions.
### Why?
- Incorrect use of Latin script in place of Cyrillic.
- Contextual errors in translations.
The runner image `ubuntu-latest` image will be switching from Ubuntu
22.04 to Ubuntu 24.04 as specified in
https://github.com/actions/runner-images/issues/10636.
> Rollout will begin on December 5th and will complete on January 17th,
2025.
Breaking changes
Ubuntu 24.04 is ready to be the default version for the "ubuntu-latest"
label in GitHub Actions and Azure DevOps.
This PR moves us to explicitly use `ubuntu-24.04` to ensure
compatibility and to allow explicit upgrades in the future.
Adds documentation for the feature introduced with [plugin-search
collection reindexing](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9391).
This also fixes an invalid scss import in one of the examples.
Credit to @rilrom for the invalid css import find!
The join field was not respecting the defaultSort or defaultLimit of the
field configuration.
### Why?
This was never implemented.
### How?
This fix applies these correct limit and sort properties to the query,
first based on the field config and as a fallback, the collection
configuration.
- Improvements to seed speed on the website template
- Update hero on mobile
- Fields are collapsed by default where possible now
- Add rowlabel components for nav items
In addition to requiring fewer files, it supports more nodes. If you
currently initialize a website template and want to use features such as
images or tables, they are not rendered. With this change that happens
automatically.
Credits to @AlessioGr for the [JSX
serializer](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8795).
---------
Co-authored-by: Paul Popus <paul@nouance.io>
Similar to #9746. When deploying to Vercel, preview deployment URLs are
dynamically generated. This breaks `admin.preview` within those
deployments because there is no mechanism by which we can detect and set
that URL within Payload. Although Vercel provides various environment
variables at our disposal, they provide no concrete identifier for
exactly which URL is being currently previewed (you can access the same
deployment from a number of different URLs).
The fix is to support relative `admin.preview` URLs, that way Payload
can prepend the application's top-level domain dynamically at
render-time in order to create a fully qualified URL. So when you visit
a Vercel preview deployment, for example, that deployment's unique URL
is used as the preview redirect, instead of the application's
root/production domain. Note: this does not fix multi-tenancy
single-domain setups, as those still require a static top-level domain
for each tenant.
### What?
Fixes issue with stale locale from searchParams
### Why?
Bad use of useEffect/useState inside our useSearchParams provider.
### How?
Memoize the locale instead of relying on the useEffect which was causing
unnecessary renders with stale values.
When deploying to Vercel, preview deployment URLs are dynamically
generated. This breaks Live Preview within those deployments because
there is no mechanism by which we can detect and set that URL within
Payload. Although Vercel provides various environment variables at our
disposal, they provide no concrete identifier for exactly _which_ URL is
being currently previewed (you an access the same deployment from a
number of different URLs).
The fix is to support _relative_ live preview URLs, that way Payload can
prepend the application's top-level domain dynamically at render-time in
order to create a fully qualified URL. So when you visit a Vercel
preview deployment, for example, that deployment's unique URL is used to
load the iframe of the preview window, instead of the application's
root/production domain. Note: this does not fix multi-tenancy
single-domain setups, as those still require a static top-level domain
for each tenant.
### What?
The `<header>` dom node was rendering even if empty for group fields.
Causing extra margin to be added even if no label/description were
provided.
### Why?
If the field had no label, description or errors it would still render.
### How?
Wraps the header node in an additional condition that checks for label,
description or errors before rendering the node.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9606
With Postgres / SQLite, select fields (non `hasMany: true`) weren't
properly handled in the `traverseFields.ts` function for `select` query.
### What
Updates auth.forgotPassword.expiration prop type to include JSDocs
I.e
```
/**
* The number of milliseconds that the forgot password token should be valid for.
* @default 3600000 // 1 hour
*/
```
Adds details about `output: 'standalone'` to Docker deployment section.
This is required in order for Next.js to be dockerized.
```
const nextConfig = {
output: 'standalone',
}
```
### What?
Unable to configure expiration time for the password reset tokens.
### Why?
Prior to this change, the expiration time for password reset tokens were
defaulted.
### How?
Adds new `expiration` prop to `auth.forgotPassword` object which allows
for the option to configure the expiration time of password reset
tokens.
This create a workflow that will trigger upon every release and do the
following:
- Re-generate all template lockfiles as needed (only blank and website
need them for payload cloud)
- Re-generate all postgres migrations for any pg-based template
- Commit changes
- Create PR
Fix broken links.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
Fix broken links to collections and access control overview.
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
fixed small typo
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
Small typo fix in Docs
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
- [fix: join field shows loading when creating a
document](9f7a2e7936)
- [fix: join field
descriptions](90e8cdb464)
- [feat(ui): adds before & after inputs to join
field](19d43329ad)
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik <patrik@payloadcms.com>
### What?
### Why?
`user.id` was being used as a dependency is callbacks and when the user
was logged out due to inactivity the above error would throw.
### How?
Added optional chaining to the dependency.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9701
### What?
Previously, when defining `localization.locales` like this:
```ts
localization: {
defaultLocale: 'en',
locales: [{ label: { en: 'ESLocale' }, code: 'es' },{ label: { en: 'ESLocale' }, code: 'en' }],
},
```
The title in "copy to locale" modal was displayed incorrectly
```
Copy to locale: Copying from [object Object] to [object Object]
```
### How?
Uses the `getTranslation` function to handle this behavior properly
Removes maxDepth from link fields which can cause issues sometimes
depending on how deep the reference is
Also removes bottom border on website header.
### What?
Write conflict errors can arise when collections have hooks.
### Why?
The copyDataFromLocale local API calls to update were not passsing req
so changes could be made on different transcations.
### How?
Fixed the error by passing `req` and also introduced some perf
optimizations using `depth` and disabling `joins` since that data isn't
needed for this operation.
Adds configuration options to `auth.disableLocalStrategy` to allow
customization of how payload treats an auth enabled collection.
Two new properties have been added to `disableLocalStrategy`:
- `enableFields` Include auth fields on the collection even though the
local strategy is disabled. Useful when you do not want the database or
types to vary depending on the auth configuration used.
- `optionalPassword`: makes the password field not required
### What?
Migrates the `form-builder` example to payload `3.0`.
`Updates`:
- Now has a next app directly along side payload.
- Removes `form-builder/next-app` & `form-builder/next-pages` example
front-ends and only uses new recommended approach (i.e admin panel &
front-end on the same port - `3000`)
### What?
https://payloadcms.com/docs does not document the `payload.auth`
feature.
### Why?
With custom components, there is no explanation as to how you can get
the current user on the server side. It is also something useful to know
for many other scenarios. A Discord user even mentioned today, that they
spent quite some time, trying to figure out how to get the current user,
while on the server.
While I don't think it's the cleanest "place" to document it, I think
its what makes the most sense, given the current state of the
documentation. I tried to follow the existing format as close as
possible. The comments are longer, but I feel the information is
absolutely necessary to provide.
Confirmed that formatting works as expected and there are no errors
parsing the addition:
Fixes#9631
## Fix default retries
By default, if no `retries` property has been set, jobs / tasks should
not be retried. This was not the case previously, as the `maxRetries`
variable was `undefined`, causing jobs to retry endlessly. This PR sets
them to `0` by default.
Additionally, this fixes some undesirable behavior of the workflow
retries property. Workflow retries now act as **maximum**,
workflow-level retries. Only tasks that do not have a retry property set
will inherit the workflow-level retries.
## Fix error messages
Previously, you were able to encounter error messages with undefined
values like these:
Reason is that it was always using `job.workflowSlug` for the error
messages. However, if you queue a task directly, without a workflow,
`job.workflowSlug` is undefined and `job.taskSlug` should be used
instead.
This PR then gets rid of the second undefined value by ensuring that
`maxRetries´ is never undefined
More commit types will now show in the release notes. The full list of
allowable types are the following and will show in order:
```ts
const commitTypesForChangelog = [
'feat',
'fix',
'perf',
'refactor',
'docs',
'style',
'test',
'templates',
'examples',
'build',
'ci',
'chore',
]
```
What?
Fixes issue when on parallel writes in result you can have 0 latest:
true versions.
Why?
There must be always a version with latest: true
How?
Ensures that we always have a version with latest: true by adding a
filter on createdAt < createdVersion.createdAt.
Instead, this ponentially can lead to a situation where we have 2
versions with latest: true, if they were created at the exact same time,
but this shouldn't happen in a real world scenario and it's much less
problematic than not having a version with latest: true.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5895
Changes from #8986
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
As described in #9576, the `SearchParamsProvider` can become stale when
navigating routes and relying on search params during initial render.
This is because this context, along with the `ParamsProvider`, is
duplicative to the internal lifecycle of `useSearchParams` and
`useParams` from `next/navigation`– but always one render behind.
Instead, we need to use the hooks directly from `next/navigation` as
described in the jsdocs. This will also remove any abstraction over top
the web standard for `URLSearchParams`.
For this reason, these providers and their corresponding hooks have been
marked with the deprecated flag and will continue to behave as they do
now, but will be removed in the next major release. This PR replaces all
internal reliance on these hooks with `next/navigation` as suggested,
except for the `useParams` hook, which was never used in the first
place.
```diff
'use client'
- import { useSearchParams } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+ import { useSearchParams } from 'next/navigation'
+ import { parseSearchParams } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export function MyClientComponent() {
- const { searchParams } = useSearchParams()
+ const searchParams = useSearchParams()
+ const parsedParams = parseSearchParams(searchParams)
// ...
}
```
_MyClientComponent.tsx_
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9567. When using the
`AnimateHeight` component on a patched browser such as Webkit,
components with dynamically rendered children are not properly animating
in, such as blocks with rich text. This is because the height of that
content is unable to be calculated before it's rendered, preventing the
component from acquiring a target height to animate toward. This change
was originally introduced in #9456 in effort to remove unnecessary
dependencies.
The fix is to setup a ResizeObserver during animation to watch for
changes to the content's height. This way, as components dynamically
render in based on the "open" state, the hook will simply increment the
target height accordingly.
This PR updates all react and next-related packages to the latest
version in our test directory and in our templates, while still allowing
older versions to be used.
Additionally, this ensures that the "scheduler" package version we
install matches the version installed by react-dom
We should fix all the flaky tests in the future - in the meantime this
PR will reduce collectively wasted engineer hours, as we now don't have
to manually open the awkward GH actions UI and press the retry button -
often multiple times for each PR.
It may not be enough to simply retry the test:int / test:e2e commands to
get the tests not to flake for the next run, but let's see how this goes
Assume you had the following workflow:
```ts
handler: async ({ job, inlineTask, req }) => {
const { customerData } = await inlineTask('Fetch Customer Data', {
task: ({ req }) => {
if (Math.random() < 0.2) {
throw new Error('Failed on purpose')
}
return {
output: {
customerData: 'test',
},
}
},
retries: {
attempts: 40,
},
})
console.log('customer Data', customerData)
await inlineTask('Analyze Segments', {
// Rest of task...
```
It was possible for the following to happen:
Run attempt 1:
- Task "Fetch Customer Data" fails
- Task is added to job log without output data and state "failed"
Run attempt 2:
- Task "Fetch Customer Data" succeeds
- Task is added to job log with correct output data and state
"succeeded"
- Task "Analyze Segments" fails
- Task is added to job log without output data and state "failed"
Run attempt 3:
- Task "Fetch Customer Data" has already run successfully => restore
from DB
- Task "Analyze Segments" fails because input data is undefined.
The restoration of the already-succeeded "Fetch Customer Data" task did
not fetch and restore the correct output data, as it was taking the
output data from the previously failed task that did not save any, even
though it should have been taking and restoring the output data of the
last-run, successful task run.
This PR fixed that
### What?
Adds Serbian `rs` and `rs-Latin` to `importDateFNSLocale` as well as
changes their `dateFNSKey` in the language definition to the appropriate
key instead of `en-US`
### Why?
To support Serbian language with appropriately localized dates.
### How?
Minor changes in translations package.
Fixes: #9610.
### What?
Currently some links inside the main nav are still focusable with a
keyboard when the main nav is closed.
### Why?
This leads to the active keyboard focus getting lost until it eventually
finds its way to the hamburger menu button. It can also lead to links
that are not currently visible being selected accidentally.
### How?
When the [inert
attribute](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Global_attributes/inert)
is set to `true`, we can prevent focus on any child elements
automatically. We simply toggle the attribute on or off based on whether
the nav is open or closed.
The inert attribute has [great
compatibility](https://caniuse.com/mdn-html_global_attributes_inert)
with modern browsers these days, making it a solid choice to resolve
this issue.
### Recordings
#### Before
You can see down the bottom left of the screen that links available in
the main nav are still focusable even when the main nav is closed.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e16d5336-7d2b-42f1-886b-cfa3ed82dbb1
#### After
You can see that focus is immediately moved to the hamburger menu when
the main nav is closed.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/8c81197a-53aa-4af1-8e5c-f6835ba955a5
Fixes#5026. When using client-side Live Preview, switching locale would
not populate relationships in that locale, and would use the default
locale instead. This was because locale was simply not being handled.
Now, we pass the locale through the event, and use it to make localized
queries when populating those relationships.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9612
Previously, the plugin search with different collections but the same
IDs could delete a wrong search document on synchronization, because we
queried the search document only by `doc.value`. Instead, we should also
query by `doc.relationTo`.
When creating custom translations and merging the custom translation
keys with the default translation keys, and then pass it to the generic
TFunction type, Typescript complains that the function does not satisfy
the LabelFunction type in a label field.
The reason for this is that the LabelFunction type is not generic, and
it's always using the default TFunction which itself uses the
DefaultTranslationKey if no type is passed to it.
This is solved by making the LabelFunction generic and forward the
TTranslationKeys to the TFunction type.
Following this documentation:
https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/i18n#typescript
Example:
Updates the "More details" link URLs in the generateEmailHTML and
generateEmailSubject rows to link to the correct element.
The links current use camelcase but the corresponding element IDs are
lowercase.
See this page: https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/email
### What?
The examples in nestedDocs and formBuilder plugins were referencing the
plugins incorrectly.
### Why?
To prevent confusion for readers.
### How?
Changes to `docs/plugins/form-builder.mdx` and
`docs/plugins/nested-docs.mdx`.
We were sending unrendered `PayloadComponent`s to the client, which is a
remnant of old betas where those were actually rendered.
There is no point sending them to the client as they are useless there
and cannot be rendered without the server-only importMap. Additionally,
this could have potentially caused server-only modules to be sent to the
client (e.g. if serverProps was used), which would have lead to a
webpack error.
The types were also incorrect, as admin.dependencies on the ClientConfig
did not contain the React nodes.
### What?
When the document is saved the formState was not being reset from the
server.
### Why?
getFormState was not being called onSuccess of the form submission
### How?
The `Form` onSuccess function now allows for an optional return type of
`FormState` if the functions returns formState then we check to see if
that differs from the current formState on the client. If it does then
we dispatch the `REPLACE_STATE` action with the newState.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9423
Closes#8653.
Originally this PR was for making the `IndentFeature` opt-in instead of
opt-out, which would have been a breaking change. After some discussion
it was determined it would be better if we could keep the
`IndentFeature` by default and instead come up with a custom escape key
solution to prevent keyboard users from becoming trapped in the editor.
These changes are my interpretation of how we can solve this problem in
a way that feels natural for a keyboard user. When a keyboard user
becomes trapped, the usual approach is to press the escape key (e.g.
modals) to be able to leave the current context and continue navigating.
These changes allow that to happen while minimising the cognitive load
by not needing to remember whether the `IndentFeature` is toggled on or
off.
I've also ensured the `IndentFeature` can actually be turned off if
consciously removed from the lexical editor features (previously it was
still enabled even if it was removed).
Ideally this should be handled on the lexical side in the
`TabIndentationPlugin` itself (I will begin to look into the feasibility
of this), but for now this should be suitable to ensure the experience
for keyboard users isn't completely blocked (there are a number of other
improvements that could be made but I will create more specific issues
for those).
Open to discussion and amendments. Once we're aligned on the approach
I'm happy to implement tests as needed.
### Before
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/95183bb6-f36e-4b44-8c3b-d880c822d315
### After
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/d34be50a-8f31-4b81-83d1-236d5ce9d8b5
---------
Co-authored-by: Germán Jabloñski <43938777+GermanJablo@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#9132. When query params are present in the URL, such as after
searching or filtering in the list view, they are not being retained
after navigating back to that view via `history.back()` (i.e. the back
button). This makes it difficult to quickly navigate in and out of
documents from the list view when an underlying search exists. This was
because the `SearchParamsProvider` is stale when the new view renders,
which then replaces the URL with these stale params. The fix here is to
_not_ use the `SearchParamsProvider` at all, and instead use
`next/navigation` directly. Ultimately, this provider should likely be
marked deprecated and then removed in the next major release for this
very reason.
.tsx files were introduced into the plugin-search package, but an
appropriate `copyfiles` script was not introduced to get these files
into the dist output.
This was causing a `Module not found: Can't resolve './index.scss'`
error on build.
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
### What?
Extracted `hasText` helper method in `richTextValidateHOC`
### Why?
The new exported `hasText` helper method can now also be used during
front-end serialization - for example, to check whether a caption
element should be rendered when text is optional and therefore possibly
empty (which would allow us to prevent rendering an empty caption
element).
Fixes#8811
Before this PR, even if you did not include text formatting features
(such as BoldFeature, ItalicFeature, etc), it was possible to apply that
formatting by (a) pasting content from the clipboard and (b) using
keyboard shortcuts.
This PR fixes that by requiring the formatting features to be registered
so that they can be inserted in the editor.
When using the `admin.hidden: true` property on a collection, it
rightfully removes all navigation and routing for that particular
collection. However, this also affects the expected behavior of hidden
entities when they are rendered within a drawer, such as the document
drawer or list drawer. For example, when creating a new _admin.hidden_
document through the relationship or join field, the drawer should still
render the view, despite the underlying route for that view being
disabled. This change was a result of the introduction of on-demand
server components in #8364, where we now make a server roundtrip to
render the view in its entirety, which include the logic that redirects
these hidden entities.
Now, we pass a new `overrideEntityVisibility` argument through the
server function that, when true, skips this step. This way documents can
continue to respect `admin.hidden` while also having the ability to
override on a case-by-case basis throughout the UI.
### What?
This PR aims to add reindexing capabilities to `plugin-search` to allow
users to reindex entire searchable collections on demand.
### Why?
As it stands, end users must either perform document reindexing manually
one-by-one or via bulk operations. Both of these approaches are
undesirable because they result in new versions being published on
existing documents. Consider the case when `plugin-search` is only added
_after_ the project has started and documents have been added to
existing collections. It would be nice if users could simply click a
button, choose the searchable collections to reindex, and have the
custom endpoint handle the rest.
### How?
This PR adds on to the existing plugin configuration, creating a custom
endpoint and a custom `beforeListTable` component in the form of a popup
button. Upon clicking the button, a dropdown/popup is opened with
options to select which collection to reindex, as well as a useful `All
Collections` option to run reindexing on all configured search
collections. It also adds a `reindexBatchSize` option in the config to
allow users to specify in what quantity to batch documents to sync with
search.
Big shoutout to @paulpopus & @r1tsuu for the triple-A level support on
this one!
Fixes#8902
See it in action:
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ee8dd68c-ea89-49cd-adc3-151973eea28b
Notes:
- Traditionally these kinds of long-running tasks would be better suited
for a job. However, given how many users enjoy deploying to serverless
environments, it would be problematic to offer this feature exclusive to
jobs queues. I thought a significant amount about this and decided it
would be best to ship the feature as-is with the intention of creating
an opt-in method to use job queues in the future if/when this gets
merged.
- In my testing, the collection description somehow started to appear in
the document views after the on-demand RSC merge. I haven't reproduced
this, but this PR has an example of that problem. Super strange.
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Paul Popus <paul@nouance.io>
### What?
Adds ability to copy data from one locale to another at a document
level.
### How?
For any localized collection, you will find a new option in the document
controls called `Copy to Locale`.
This option will open a drawer, from here you can select your origin and
destination locales.
If data already exists in the destination locale, you can choose to:
1. Overwrite this data (this will copy any empty fields in your origin
locale)
2. Not overwrite existing data (this will only copy data into empty
fields in the destination locale)
---------
Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
In an effort to keep the Examples Directory as easy to navigate as
possible, and to keep the Payload Monorepo only as verbose as it needs
to be, we need to remove all alternatives from the Examples Directory.
This includes setups that interact with Payload from a standalone
server, keeping only the Payload recommended "combined" Next.js +
Payload setups.
### What?
Migrates the `live-preview` example to payload `3.0`.
`Updates`:
- `live-preview/payload` now has a next app directly along side payload.
- Removes `live-preview/next-app` & `live-preview/next-pages` example
front-ends and only uses new recommended approach (i.e admin panel &
front-end on the same port - `3000`)
If you had a lot of fields and collections, createClientConfig would be
extremely slow, as it was copying a lot of memory. In my test config
with a lot of fields and collections, it took 4 seconds(!!).
And not only that, it also ran between every single page navigation.
This PR significantly speeds up the createClientConfig function. In my
test config, its execution speed went from 4 seconds to 50 ms.
Additionally, createClientConfig is now properly cached in both dev &
prod. It no longer runs between every single page navigation. Even if
you trigger a full page reload, createClientConfig will be cached and
not run again. Despite that, HMR remains fully-functional.
This will make payload feel noticeably faster for large configs -
especially if it contains a lot of richtext fields, as it was previously
deep-copying the relatively large richText editor configs over and over
again.
## Before - 40 sec navigation speed
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/fe6b707a-459b-44c6-982a-b277f6cbb73f
## After - 1 sec navigation speed
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/384fba63-dc32-4396-b3c2-0353fcac6639
## Todo
- [x] Implement ClientSchemaMap and cache it, to remove
createClientField call in our form state endpoint
- [x] Enable schemaMap caching for dev
- [x] Cache lexical clientField generation, or add it to the parent
clientConfig
## Lexical changes
Red: old / removed
Green: new
### Speed up version queries
This PR comes with performance optimizations for fetching versions
before a document is loaded. Not only does it use the new select API to
limit the fields it queries, it also completely skips a database query
if the current document is published.
### Speed up lexical init
Removes a bunch of unnecessary deep copying of lexical objects which
caused higher memory usage and slower load times. Additionally, the
lexical default config sanitization now happens less often.
### What?
When you prevent users from authenticating with their email, we should
not enforce uniqueness on the email field.
### Why?
We never set the unique property to false.
### How?
Set the unique property to false if `loginWithUsername.allowEmailLogin`
is `false`.
The version diff view at
`/admin/collections/:collection/:id/versions/:version` was not properly
displaying diffs for iterable fields, such as blocks. There were two
main things wrong here:
1. Fields not properly inheriting parent permissions based on the new
sanitized permissions pattern in #7335
1. The diff components were expecting `permissions` but receiving
`fieldPermissions`. This was not picked up by TS because of our use of
dynamic keys when choosing which component to render for that particular
field. We should change this in the future to use a switch case that
explicitly renders each diff component. This way props are strictly
typed.
In effort to keep the Examples Directory as easy to navigate as
possible, and to keep the Payload Monorepo only as verbose as it needs
to be, we need to remove all alternatives from the Examples Directory.
This includes setups that interact with Payload from a standalone
server, keeping only the Payload recommended "combined" Next.js +
Payload setups. This will also be applied to all other examples that use
this setup, i.e. draft preview, live preview, etc.
### What?
Previously, `payload.findByID` with `overrideAccess: false` and this
collection config
```ts
{
slug: 'fields-and-top-access',
access: {
read: () => ({
secret: {
equals: '12345',
},
}),
},
fields: [
{
type: 'text',
name: 'secret',
access: { read: () => false },
},
],
},
```
Led to the `The following path cannot be queried: secret` error because
`where` input to `validateQueryPaths` also includes the result from
access control, which shouldn't be.
This works when using `payload.find`.
The same applies to find with drafts / joins `where`. We need to
validate only user `where` input, not access control that we defined in
our config.
Also, this exact logic seems be used in `find` without drafts - we don't
use `fullWhere` here but `where`, that's why this error isn't being
thrown with `find` but only `findByID`.
d9c6288cb2/packages/payload/src/collections/operations/find.ts (L134)d9c6288cb2/packages/payload/src/collections/operations/find.ts (L166-L171)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9210
### What?
Plugin-seo fields were not set to disabled when a user did not have
permissions.
### Why?
The `readOnly` property was not being used.
### How?
Uses the `readOnly` property to disable buttons and set inputs to
readOnly.
### What?
Fixes a link to the `storage-uploadthing` adapter in Github.
### Why?
To link readers to the correct package location.
### How?
Change to `docs/upload/storage-adapters.mdx`.
Credit to rik in Discord for the catch.
Deprecates `react-animate-height` in favor of native CSS, specifically
the `interpolate-size: allow-keywords;` property which can be used to
animate to `height: auto`—the primary reason this package exists. This
is one less dependency in our `node_modules`. Tried to replicate the
current DOM structure, class names, and API of `react-animate-height`
for best compatibility.
Note that this CSS property is experimental BUT this PR includes a patch
for browsers without native support. Once full support is reached, the
patch can be safely removed.
### What?
Adds custom anchor tags to docs where duplicate headings exist.
### Why?
Anchor links would not correctly navigate to the proper point on the
page if there were multiple headings with the same string.
### How?
The website now supports adding custom `#anchor` to a heading in
markdown that will attach to the headings and table of content list
items. This PR adds custom anchors to the docs that have duplicate
headings.
**Example:**
```md
/docs/upload/storage-adapters.mdx
### Usage#vercel-blob-installation
```
Generates the path:
`/docs/upload/storage-adapters#vercel-blob-installation`
Ensures `sanitizeRelationshipIDs` works properly in any case
Updates predefinedMigration to work with new globals
Skips ObjectID creation errors to not fail with outdated data to the
schema.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR adds `'sl'` to list of accepted languages, dedupes languages not
implemented from langs that have been supported, and adjusts the string
match for `'sl'` in importDateFNSLocale to the correct locale.
### Why?
To fix TS errors and runtime errors encountered while adding Slovenian
language to config, and then selecting it in `/account` view.
### How?
- Addition of `'sl'` to `acceptLanguages` array
- Change from `'sl'` to `'sl-SI'` in `importDateFNSLocale.ts`
Fixes#9504
---------
Co-authored-by: Jessica Chowdhury <jessica@trbl.design>
The [previous fix](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8735)
worked but was a breaking change because it set a `z-index` in the
`.react-select` wrapper instead of the `.rs__menu`, creating a new
stacking-context, therefore making any existing customizations to the
menu's `z-index` not work. This was a way to fix a regression introduced
by the css-layers, in which Payload's custom `z-index: 4` no longer took
precedence over react-select's default `z-index: 1`.
With this PR we remove the default `z-index: 1` applied by react-select,
so that the `z-index: 4` set in the "payload-default" css layer can take
effect. An alternative to this fix would be to use `z-index: 4
!important`, but this has the advantage of allowing the `z-index` to be
easily customized by the consumers of the CMS, as with all the other
styles.
### Screenshots
### What?
This log was appearing when the DatePicker loaded without a registered
locale:
```
A locale object was not found for the provided string ["enUS"].
```
Also fixes css misalignment of icons inside date picker field
### Why?
If i`18n.dateFNS` had not loaded, we were registering the locale with an
undefined value.
### How?
Only register the locale for react-datepicker if i18n.dateFNS is
present.
List preferences were improperly saving their own records onto
themselves when building table state through the server function. This
was happening because the entire preference document was being spread
onto the new preferences, as opposed to just the value itself:
```diff
const mergedPrefs = {
- ...(preferencesResult || {}),
+ ...(preferencesResult?.value || {}),
columns,
}
```
This PR also swaps `dequal` out for `dequal/lite`.
### What?
We sorted migrations by `-name` in `getMigrations` as by assumption from
generated file names, however, it may be not true as the improved (+
unflaked, previously it failed sometimes) test for `migrate:down` can
reproduce. As in result, `migrateDown` / `migrateRefresh` may execute in
order different from `migrate`.
Unflakes the 'should commit multiple operations async' test.
We shouldn't pass the same `req` that doesn't contain a transaction to
different operations that execute in parallel (via `Promise.all`)
without either creating a transaction before or using
`isolateObjectProperty(req, 'transactionID')`. It leads to a race
condition because operation can commit a wrong transaction, different
from inited
### What?
Previously, using Postgres, select fields with `hasMany: true` weren't
clearable.
Meaning, you couldn't pass an empty array:
```ts
const updatedDoc = await payload.update({
id,
collection: 'select-fields',
data: {
selectHasMany: [],
},
})
```
### Why?
To achieve the same behavior with MongoDB.
### How?
Modifies logic in `packages/drizzle/src/upsertRow/index.ts` to include
empty arrays.
- Update lock files for blank, website
- Delete unneeded lock files
- Adds git hook to ensure no new lockfiles are added for _other than_
blank and website.
- Uses `pagination: false` where we don't need `totalDocs`.
- in `preview/route.ts` uses `depth: 0`, select of only ID to improve
performance
- in `search` uses `select` to select only needed properties
- adds type safety best practices to collection configs with
`defaultPopulate`
- uses `payload.count` to resolve SSG `pageNumber`s
Removes unnecessary `deepCopyObject(docPermissions)` in the Version View
which slows down loading speed.
The comment seems to be resolved, I'm not getting this error and here
for example in the same case
3c0e832a9a/packages/next/src/views/Document/index.tsx (L327)
we don't do deep copying.
### What?
The "noResults" translation key, for Russian, which is displayed when
searching a collection list and receiving no results.
### Why?
Unlike English, Slavic languages like Russian have the concept of
genders and depending on the ending of a particular word, the endings of
adjectives can be different, to correspond with those genders. The
current version only works with feminine words, directly translating to
"No {{label}} found. Either {{label}} doesn't exist yet, or none of them
match the filters you specified above."
The new version translates to "Nothing found. {{label}} may not exist
yet or doesn't match the specified filters.", which is a more loose
translation, but holds the same meaning, while being grammatically
correct in all scenarios, regardless of the gender.
### What?
This PR fixes a variety of links around the docs.
### Why?
To link readers to the correct location in the docs
### How?
Changes and fixes to a number of doc links.
TS 5.7 added support for ES2024. By keeping target: “esnext”, we would
have accidentally set our minimum supported ES version to ES2024.
This sets it to ES2022, which is the version supported by Node 18
When using Client-side Live Preview, array fields are unable to clear
all their rows. This is because `reduceFieldsToValues` sets the array's
value as 0 within form-state when no rows exist, as opposed to an empty
array as one might expect. For now, we can simply handle this data shape
within Live Preview's merge logic. In the future we may want to take to
consider changing the behavior of empty arrays within form-state itself.
1. Adds flag `--skip-empty` to `migrate:create` to bypass the empty
migration file prompt.
- Blank migration file will not be created if this flag is passed.
3. Adds flag `--force-accept-warning` to `migrate:fresh` to bypass the
drop database prompt
Now, custom Lexical block & inline block components are re-rendered if
the fields drawer is saved. This ensures that RSCs receive the updated
values, without having to resort to a client component that utilizes the
`useForm` hook.
Additionally, this PRs fixes the lexical selection jumping around after
opening a Block or InlineBlock drawer and clicking inside of it.
### What?
`payload.collections` was improperly typed.
This doesn't seem to work: (the type is `{}`)
```
collections: {
[slug: CollectionSlug]: Collection
} = {}
```
<img width="794" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/7daceab9-8f43-433b-9201-1bf8c48fb8ca">
However, this does:
```ts
collections: Record<CollectionSlug, Collection> = {}
```
<img width="540" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e37d595d-f5b4-4b02-b190-bb5d4063787d">
Additionally, the same fix applied to `Permissions`,
`PolymorphicUploadField['admin']['sortOptions']`,
`PolymorphicRelationshipField['admin']['sortOptions']`
When defining custom providers as server components, they currently do
not receive any of the server props that custom components expect to
receive, like `payload`, `i18n`, `user`, and so on.
### What?
Although the following examples:
- `custom-components`
- `email`
- `multi-tenant`
were recently migrated to 3.0 - they were still using the latest `beta`
version instead of latest payload (i.e `3.0`)
- Removes mention of custom providers needing to be client components
- Documents custom field `Filter` components
- Adjusts language and other misc. grammar and spelling
### What?
Non-standard ids caused an issue when finding the document on the
server.
This is an odd regression, in 2.0 we were fetching the document on the
client so the request would handle decoding the url. Now we are fetching
the document on the server and need to do this manually when reading id
from route params.
### Why?
The slug pulled out of the url for an id of `id 1` would equate to
`id%201` which would fail in the `payload.find` call since there is not
an id stored as `id%201` but instead `id 1`.
### How?
Wherever we are calling payload.find in the views and querying by `id`
it gets ran through a helper function that decodes it properly.
Fixes#9373
Added patch to `withPayload` for hiding turbopack external deps warnings
from this PR https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9147 didn't work
on `next@15.0.3`, now it works on both `15.0.0` and `15.0.3`.
### What?
`viewActions` are not easily accessible in custom views.
### Why?
We extract view actions when we call `getViewFromConfig`, but never pass
them to the custom views.
### How?
Properly types return type for serverProps inside `getViewFromConfig`
and adds viewActions to serverProps so they are spread into props when
we build the custom view components.
Now custom server views will get the viewActions as a prop.
Fixes#9338
Fixes errors when having joins with versions +drafts on `hasMany: true`
relationships.
Removes `joinQuery` overhead if we don't need it for the current
operation. Right now, in all adapters we support joins only for `find`,
`findOne`, and `queryDrafts`.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9369
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9363
This fixes the following issues that caused fields to be either hidden,
or incorrectly set to readOnly in certain configurations:
- In some cases, permissions were sanitized incorrectly. This PR
rewrites the sanitizePermissions function and adds new unit tests
- after a document save, the client was receiving unsanitized
permissions. Moving the sanitization logic to the endpoint fixes this
- Various incorrect handling of permissions in our form state endpoints
/ RenderFields
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9378
We’ve found out that @lexical/markdown imports cannot be reliably
dynamically imported by Node.js for an unknown reason. Frequently,
Node.js simply exits before the dynamic import is done.
We’re suspecting the reason for this to be its dependency on
@lexical/code that installs prism.
This will not only (hopefully) fix the import issue, but also reduce the
bundle size & compilation speed of richtext-lexical.
Fixes#9351. When using Postgres, doc ids were being treated as a string
as opposed to a number within the admin panel. This led to issues for
anything relying on the `docID` from context, such as the join field not
properly populating initial data when creating new documents, etc.
### What?
Fixes links for custom components in a few places in admin docs.
### Why?
To link users to the correct location in the docs.
### How?
Changes to `docs/admin/components.mdx` and
`docs/admin/customizing-css.mdx`
Closes#9242 and #9365. Autosave-enabled documents rendered within a
drawer were not being properly handled. This was causing multiple draft
documents to be created upon opening the drawer, as well as an empty
document returned from the server function, etc.
### What?
Unable to add collections to the config dynamically if they reference
their own collection in a relationship field.
This was discovered while working on the folder view feature which
dynamically adds collections to your config if it is enabled per
collection.
### Why?
When `sanitizeCollection` runs, it takes the current config. If you are
sanitizing a collection before adding it to the config, that collection
cannot have any self referencing relationship fields on it otherwise it
fails the validRelationships check.
### How?
Using a reducer we now initialize the validRelationships variable with
the incoming collection slug.
### What?
When a document is saved the data from useDocumentInfo was stale.
### Why?
Previously we would refresh the entire document by calling the
form-state endpoint, we no longer do that.
### How?
Adds a new variable accessible from useDocumentInfo,
`savedDocumentData`, that is updated when the document is successfully
saved and defaults to initialData.
Fixes#9337. The version view was not able to render its diff because of
an invalid permissions lookup. This was a result of a change to how
access results are returned from the API, which are now sanitized:
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/7335
Updates the `Custom Components` example, including packages, readme,
lockfile, types and the custom fields.
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
Fixes#9264. When externally updating array or block rows through the
`addFieldRow` or `replaceFieldRow` methods, nested rich text fields
along with any custom components within them are never rendered. This is
because unless the form is explicitly set to modified, as the default
array and blocks fields currently do, the newly generated form-state
will skip the rendering step. Now, the underlying callbacks themselves
automatically set the form to modified to trigger rendering.
### What?
Could not finalize selection of `hasMany` uploads inside of the drawer.
### Why?
The Select component was not being rendered in the beforeActions prop of
the ListControls when row selections was enabled.
### How?
Renders the Select component when row selections are enabled and
onBulkSelect is present.
The biggest difference comes from calling `RenderServerComponent` as a
function, instead of rendering it by using `<RenderServerComponent`.
This gets rid of wasteful blocks of codes sent to the client that look
like this:
HTML size comparison:
## Admin test suite
| View | Before | After |
|------|---------|--------|
| Dashboard | 331 kB | 83 kB |
| collections/custom-views-one Edit | 285 kB | 76.6 kB |
## Fields test suite
| View | Before | After |
|------|---------|--------|
| collections/lexical Edit | 189 kB | 94.4 kB |
| collections/lexical List | 152 kB | 62.9 kB |
## Community test suite
| View | Before | After |
|------|---------|--------|
| Dashboard | 78.9 kB | 43.1 kB |
The problem was that the uploads test suite was trying to log in to
payload before it was even initialized.
In the rare event where payload started up before the uploads test suite
was trying to log in, our tests passed.
### What?
In the WhereBuilder Condition DefaultFilter component, there is a switch
statement that contains components to return based on the built filter
in the admin ui. Having a filter built out then navigating to another
collection list view causes an error to occur due to InternalField being
undefined but the DefaultFilter tries to access the field on it.
### Why?
To fix unexpected `cannot access property field of undefined` errors.
### How?
Adding a conditional chaining operator.
Odd thing here is that the `Text` component where this error originates
from doesn't actually make use of the passed `InternalField`. Might be
worth it to take a closer look at it.
Fixes#9179
Removes examples that are now duplicative or unnecessary due to new
features in 3.0:
### Custom server
This one can be removed in favor of [Next.js
documentation](https://nextjs.org/docs/pages/building-your-application/configuring/custom-server)
### Hierarchy
The new `join` field can solve for many of the use cases for the
`hierarchy` example. Bi-directional relationships with the `join` field
should be preferred here.
### Nested Docs, Redirects
Our website template showcases how to use the `nested-docs` and
`redirects` plugins in-depth, with real-world examples.
### Virtual Fields
Virtual fields have gotten significantly easier and can now be defined
by specifying `virtual: true`. Not a big need for a full example any
longer.
---------
Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
Fixes types for workflows / jobs `input` and `output` when using
`strict: true` or `strictNullChecks: true` by ensuring that all
properties in generates types are requried
The Edit and Live Preview views were duplicately making the same Local
API requests for document data. This is because while the top-level
document view handler makes these requests _before_ rendering the Live
Preview view, it wasn't passing it's data through as props. This has
also led to inconsistencies in the options being passed through the
requests themselves, such as `locale`, `user`, and `overrideAccess:
false`. Everything is now standardized as expected through the existing
`getDocumentData` utility.
If you start a fresh dev server and open payload, the nav will initially
show as closed and then jump to its open state. This is because no
preferences are set, so the server tells the client to initially keep it
closed, despite the default nav state being _open_.
### What?
Custom providers could not be resolved because payload was not
initialized in the Root layout with the importMap passed in from props.
### How?
Pass importMap from props into the getPayload function in the Root
layout.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9288
### What?
When a block had a subfield named `blocks`, sanitization would throw an
error.
### Why?
An incorrect check for the key of `"fields"` would then attempt to pass
`data.blocks[key].fields` aka `data.blocks.fields.fields` to the next
call of `areAllPermissionsTrue` which would be undefined. Instead if the
key is `fields` it should pass `data.blocks[key]`.
### How?
Remove the second `.fields` property accessor.
Optimizes initial page responses by removing unnecessary inline field
styles that were being sent through the HTML response. The Client Config
contains a large number of duplicates of the string:
`"style\":{\"flex\":\"1 1 auto\"}`, one for every single field within
the entirely of the config. This leads to hundreds or potentially
thousands of instances of this same string, depending on the number of
fields within the config itself. This is regardless of custom field
widths being defined. Instead, we can do this entirely client-side,
preventing this string from ever being transmitted over the network in
the first place.
## Breaking Changes
This only effects those who are importing Payload's field components
into your own Custom Components or front-end application. The `width`
prop no longer exists. It has been consolidated into the existing
`style` prop. To migrate, simply move this prop as follows:
```diff
import { TextInput } from '@payloadcms/ui
export const MyCustomComponent = () => {
return (
<TextInput
- width="60%"
style={{
+ width: "60%,
}}
/>
)
}
```
### What?
Fixes potential errors when passed to `sanitizeRelationships` `ref`
could potentially be a non object (for example `string`) because of
having in the database data in old structure.
```
"Cannot create property 'a' on string 'B'",
```
### Why?
Necessary particularly for the migration script, as it migrates
everything including versions that can have outdated data.
### How?
Ensures passed `ref` is an `object`.
### What?
When a script attempts to load payload using `getPayload()`, it will end
with: `Error: connect ECONNREFUSED 127.0.0.1:3000` etc...
### Why?
Even though there is a try/catch, it still errors because WebSocket
connection failures happen asynchronously after the ws object is
instantiated.
### How?
Added the error handling function cached.ws.onerror to prevent exit.
Custom field description functions were being duplicately called in both
the Client Config and form state. Static field descriptions were also
being rendered in form state unnecessarily. Now, field description
functions are only executed once within form state, and static
descriptions are deferred to the client for rendering.
Supports bi-directional import/export between MDX <=> Lexical. JSX will
be mapped to lexical blocks back and forth.
This will allow editing our mdx docs in payload while keeping mdx as the
source of truth
---------
Co-authored-by: Germán Jabloñski <43938777+GermanJablo@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
Fixes the issue when visiting the create view with the Join Field and
using postgres adapter
```
invalid input syntax for type integer: "NaN"
```
This happens because we don't have an ID yet and we send to the
database:
`WHERE id = NaN`
### How?
Avoids calling `getTableState` inside of `RelationshipTable` if there's
no ID yet, as it will always lead to the same empty result. While we
_could_ avoid error directly in the database adapter, I don't think we
should do that render request
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9193
### What?
Previously, this code led to a validation error because `movie` is an
object and you needed to use `movie.id` instead.
```ts
const movie = await payload.create({ collection: 'movies', data: {} })
const result = await payload.create({
collection: 'object-writes',
data: {
many: [movie],
manyPoly: [{ relationTo: 'movies', value: movie }],
one: movie,
onePoly: {
relationTo: 'movies',
value: movie,
},
},
})
```
While it's simple to modify this example, it's more painful when you
have a data with `depth` > 0 and then you want to update that document.
### Why?
Better DX as less checks needed, and TypeScript says that we can pass an
object.
### How?
Sanitizes the field value in the root `beforeValidate` hook
The field RSC now provides an initial state for all lexical blocks. This
completely obliterates any flashes and lexical block loading states when
loading or saving a document.
Previously, when a document is loaded or saved, every lexical block was
sending a network request in order to fetch their form state. Now, this
is batched and handled in the lexical server component. All lexical
block form states are sent to the client together with the parent
lexical field, and are thus available immediately.
We also do the same with block collapsed preferences. Thus, there are no
loading states or layout shifts/flashes of blocks anymore.
Additionally, when saving a document while your cursor is inside a
lexical field, the cursor position is preserved. Previously, a document
save would kick your cursor out of the lexical field.
## Look at how nice this is:
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/21d736d4-8f80-4df0-a782-7509edd993da
**BREAKING:**
This removes the `feature.hooks.load` and `feature.hooks.save`
interfaces from custom lexical features, as they weren't used internally
and added unnecessary, additional overhead.
If you have custom features that use those, you can migrate to using
normal payload hooks that run on the server instead of the client.
Documents more breaking changes within the migration guide, improves
overview, reorganizes everything, adds section headings, table of
contents, and more.
With this PR, you can now customize the way that `blocks` and
`inlineBlocks` are rendered within Lexical's `BlocksFeature` by passing
your own React components.
This is super helpful when you need to create "previews" or more
accurate UI for your Lexical blocks.
For example, let's say you have a `gallery` block where your admins
select a bunch of images. By default, Lexical would just render a
collapsible with your block's fields in it. But now you can customize
the `admin.components.Block` property on your `block` config by passing
it a custom React component for us to render instead.
So using that, with this `gallery` example, you could make a dynamic
gallery React component that shows the images to your editors - and then
render our built-in `BlockEditButton` to allow your editors to manage
your gallery in a drawer.
Here is an example where the BlockEditButton is added to the default
Block Collapsible/Header:
---------
Co-authored-by: James <james@trbl.design>
Deprecates `getPayloadHMR` and simplifies this pattern into a single
`import { getPayload } from 'payload'`.
We will still retain the exported `getPayloadHMR` but it now will throw
a deprecation warning with instructions for how to migrate.
Custom `account` and `dashboard` views now defined as lowercase in the
config. This is to maintain consistency with all other custom views
throughout the config. The underlying reason for this change is that
previously, you could define React Components directly on these
properties. Now, these are strictly _view configuration objects_, and
the property names have been adjusted in order to semantically reflect
that. These two views in particular, however, were never updated
accordingly.
## Breaking Changes
```diff
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
components: {
// ...
views: {
// ...
- Account: ...
- Dashboard: ...
+ account: ...
+ dashboard: ...
},
},
},
})
```
Fixes#9246. Custom default root views (account and dashboard) were not
being properly thread to the custom component renderer. Custom account
views were also improperly _stacking_ instead of _replacing_ the default
view.
Tests for this are incoming. To properly test this we need to wrap our
default root views with custom ones, so that out existing `admin` test
suite can continue to work alongside tests specifically for this issue.
This PR fixes cases where you may have a field called `id` within a
group or a named tab, which would have incorrectly been treated as a
custom ID field for the collection.
However, custom IDs need to be defined at the root level - and now
Payload only respects custom IDs defined at the root level.
Protects the `/api/access` endpoint behind authentication and sanitizes
the result, making it more secure and significantly smaller. To do this:
1. The `permission` keyword is completely omitted from the result
2. Only _truthy_ access results are returned
3. All nested permissions are consolidated when possible
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: James <james@trbl.design>
### What?
Fixes links in Queries/Operators table for `within` and `intersects`
operator descriptions.
### Why?
So that they point to the correct destination in the docs.
### How?
Changes to `docs/queries/overview.mdx`
See here:
**BREAKING:**
Improves type-safety of collection / global slugs by using `CollectionSlug` / `UploadCollectionSlug` and `GlobalSlug` types instead of `string` in these places:
Adds `UploadCollectionSlug` and `TypedUploadCollection` utility types
This also changes how we suggest to add an upload collection to a cloud-storage adapter:
Before:
```ts
azureStorage({
collections: {
[Media.slug]: true,
},
})
```
After:
```ts
azureStorage({
collections: {
media: true,
},
})
```
The collection list columns are stored as user preferences to the
payload-preferences collection. Normally one user should never have
duplicate documents with the same key. This is controlled by using an
upsert normally. The collection list does not have a good way to call
upsert and was creating preferences documents every time. This change
makes it so that existing preferences are updated rather than created
with each column change.
Changes:
- Migrates `email` example project to `3.0` from `2.0`
- Replaces `inline-css` dependency with `juice` package instead.
- Replaces `Handlebars` dependency with `ejs` package instead.
Reason for replacing packages:
- Both `inline-css` & `Handlebars` had issues with Nextjs and its
Webpack bundling i.e does not support `require.extensions`.
- `ejs` & `juice` do not rely on `require.extensions`.
### What?
Upgrades mongoose from 6 to latest `v8.8.1`
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9171
### Why?
Compatibilty with Mongodb Atlas
### How?
- Updates deps
- Changed ObjectId from bson-objectid to use `new Type.ObjectId` from
mongoose for compatibility (only inside of db-mongodb)
- Internal type adjustments
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/9088
BREAKING CHANGES:
All projects with existing data having versions enabled, or relationship or upload fields will want to create the predefined migration that converts all strings to ObjectIDs where needed. This can be created using `payload migrate:create --file @payloadcms/mongodb/relationships-v2-v3`.
For projects making use of the exposed Models from mongoose, review the
upgrade guides from [v6 to
v7](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/7.x/docs/migrating_to_7.html) and [v7 to
v8](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/migrating_to_8.html) and make
adjustments as needed.
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
The mongodb adapter `updateOne` method accepts an `options` argument
that allows query options to be passed to mongoose. This parameter was
added in https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8397 to support the
`upsert` operation.
This `options` parameter can also be useful when using the database
adaptor directly without going through the local api. It is true that
the Mongoose models could be used directly in such situations, but the
adapter methods include a lot of useful functionality, like for instance
the sanitization of document and relationship ids, so it is desirable to
be able to use the adapter functions while still being able to provide
mongoose query options (e.g. `{timestamps: false}`).
This PR adds the same options parameter to the other update methods of
the mongodb adapter.
### What?
Aligns types for HiddenField and the WatchCondition component with the
rest of the fields. Since path is required when rendering a Field
component, there is no need to keep it optional in the WatchCondition
component.
### Why?
Hidden fields were requiring the `field` property to be passed, but the
only reason it needed it was to allow the path to fallback to name if
path was not passed. But path is required so there is no need for this
anymore.
This makes using the HiddenField simpler now.
### How?
Adjusts type on the HiddenField and the WatchCondition component.
Similar to https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9195 but
specifically removing `i18n.supportedLanguages` from the client config.
This is a potentially large object that does not need to be sent through
the network when making RSC requests.
### What?
Changes the order of the `DefaultCellComponentProps` generic type,
allowing us to infer the type of cellData when a ClientField type is
passed as the first generic argument. You can override the cellData type
by passing the second generic.
Previously:
```ts
type DefaultCellComponentProps<TCellData = any, TField extends ClientField = ClientField>
```
New:
```ts
type DefaultCellComponentProps<TField extends ClientField = ClientField, TCellData = undefined>
```
### Why?
Changing the ClientField type to be the first argument allows us to
infer the cellData value type based on the type of field.
I could have kept the same signature but the usage would look like:
```ts
// Not very DX friendly
const MyCellComponent<DefaultCellComponentProps<,ClientField>> = () => null
```
### How?
The changes made
[here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/chore/beta/simplify-DefaultCellComponentProps?expand=1#diff-24f3c92e546c2be3fed0bab305236bba83001309a7239c20a3e3dbd6f5f71dc6R29-R73)
allow this. You can override the type by passing in the second argument
to the generic.
### What?
Exposes DefaultServerCellComponentProps type for custom server cell
components.
### Why?
So users can type their custom server cell components properly.
Adds documentation for `within` and `intersects` operators.
#### Querying - within
In order to do query based on whether points are within a specific area
defined in GeoJSON, you can use the `within` operator.
Example:
```ts
const polygon: Point[] = [
[9.0, 19.0], // bottom-left
[9.0, 21.0], // top-left
[11.0, 21.0], // top-right
[11.0, 19.0], // bottom-right
[9.0, 19.0], // back to starting point to close the polygon
]
payload.find({
collection: "points",
where: {
point: {
within: {
type: 'Polygon',
coordinates: [polygon],
},
},
},
})
```
#### Querying - intersects
In order to do query based on whether points intersect a specific area
defined in GeoJSON, you can use the `intersects` operator.
Example:
```ts
const polygon: Point[] = [
[9.0, 19.0], // bottom-left
[9.0, 21.0], // top-left
[11.0, 21.0], // top-right
[11.0, 19.0], // bottom-right
[9.0, 19.0], // back to starting point to close the polygon
]
payload.find({
collection: "points",
where: {
point: {
intersects: {
type: 'Polygon',
coordinates: [polygon],
},
},
},
})
```
Upgrade uploadthing to v7
The `options` that can be passed to the plugin now mirror the
`UTApiOptions` of v7.
The most notable change is to pass `token` with
`process.env.UPLOADTHING_TOKEN` instead of `apiKey` with
`process.env.UPLOADTHING_SECRET`.
```diff
options: {
- apiKey: process.env.UPLOADTHING_SECRET,
+ token: process.env.UPLOADTHING_TOKEN,
acl: 'public-read',
},
### What?
List column state could become out of sync if toggling columns happened
in rapid succession as seen in CI. Or when using a spotty connection
where responses could come back out of order.
### Why?
State was not being preserved between toggles. Leading to incorrect
columns being toggled on/off.
### How?
Updates internal column state before making the request to the server so
when a future toggle occurs it has up to date state of all columns. Also
introduces an abort controller to prevent the out of order response
issue.
This is a first pass at updating the 3.0 migration guide. While this
makes significant changes and improvements to the guide, it does not
necessarily reflect _all_ of the migration steps needed in their
entirety quite yet. Those will continue to come in.
Key changes:
- Cleans up outdated examples and removes old ones
- Updates code snippets to latest patterns
- Diffs everything for improved readability
### What?
This command from here:
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/6339
```sh
payload migrate:create --file @payloadcms/db-postgres/relationships-v2-v3
```
stopped working after db-postgers and drizzle packages were separated
### How?
Passes correct `dirname` to `getPredefinedMigration`
Additionally, adds support for `.js` files in `getPredefinedMigration`
### What?
Ensures `path` is required and only present on the fields that expect it
(all fields except row).
Deprecates `useFieldComponents` and `FieldComponentsProvider` and
instead extends the RenderField component to account for all field
types. This also improves type safety within `RenderField`.
### Why?
`path` being optional just adds DX overhead and annoyance.
### How?
Added `FieldPaths` type which is added to iterable field types. Placed
`path` back onto the ClientFieldBase type.
This PR fixes and improves a few things around localisation and
fallbackLocale:
- For the REST API `fallbackLocale` and `fallback-locale` are treated
the same for consistency with the Local API
- `fallback: false` in config is now respected, by default results will
not fallback to `defaultLocale` unless this config is true, can also be
overridden by providing an explicit `fallbackLocale` in the request
- locale specific fallbacks will now take priority over `defaultLocale`
unless an explicit fallback is provided
- Fixes types on operations to allow `'none'` as a value for
fallbackLocale
- `fallback` is now true by default if unspecified
Closes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8443
### What?
Allows configuration of the log level based on the error being thrown
and also downgrades common errors to be info instead of error by
default.
### Why?
Currently all errors result in logger.error being called which can
polute the logs with junk that is normal and doesn't need attention.
### How?
Adds a config property called `loggingLevels` that is used to override
the default log levels based on the name of the error being thrown.
Sanitize config will provide the defaulted 'info' level errors which can
be overriden in the config.
Before
After
### What?
Adds `serverProps` and `clientProps` to custom list view slot
components.
### Why?
They were missing and should be exposed.
### How?
Created custom types for list slot components and threads them through
into `renderListSlots` function and passes them through to each
`RenderServerComponent` that renders list view slot components.
### What?
Uses the `collection.dbName` property for the Mongoose model, if
defined.
### Why?
Currently, `collection.dbName` is used for the version name but not for
the actual collection name. Additionally, `autoPluralization` modifies
the `dbName` regardless. This behavior is inconsistent and contradicts
the documentation.
### How?
- Utilize `collection.dbName` instead of `collection.slug`.
- Disable `autoPluralization` for collections with a defined `dbName`.
Related: https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/9058
**BREAKING CHANGES**
If a `dbName` was previously provided, it will now be used as the
MongoDB collection name instead of the collection `slug`.
`autoPluralization` will not be applied to `dbName`.
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
### What?
Removes abort controllers that were shared globally inside the server
actions provider.
### Why?
Constructing them in this way will cause different fetches using the
same function to cancel one another accidentally.
These are currently causing issues when two components call server
functions, even different functions, because the global ref inside was
being overwritten and aborting the previous one.
### How?
Standardizes how we construct and destroy abort controllers. This PR is focused around creating them to pass into the exposed serverAction provider functions. There are other places where this pattern can be applied.
This fixes a peer dependency error in our monorepo, as
eslint-plugin-jsx-a11y finally supports eslint v9.
Additionally, this officially adds TypeScript 5.6 support for
typescript-eslint.
Now we show not only the collection being linked to, but also the
document title:
Previously this example was just displayed as: `Linked to Users`
- I've added a loading state in case the request is slow (verified with
fake slow connection).
- I have verified that if the `useAsTitle` is not defined, it correctly
fallbacks to the id
Please let me know if the same needs to be done with Slate.
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
Previously, when filtering the internal link relationship in lexical by
typing in the relationship field, it would throw an error, as that
relationship field has a relation to "date-fields".
I'm needing https://github.com/facebook/lexical/pull/6693
I'm going to keep the dependency bump and feature updates in separate
PRs unless they're breaking changes.*
**BREAKING:**
This upgrades our lexical dependencies from 0.18.0 to 0.20.0. If you
have lexical dependencies installed in your project, you will have to
upgrade those.
Additionally, the lexical team may introduce breaking changes in this
upgrade. If you use lexical APIs directly, please consult their
changelog for more information:
https://github.com/facebook/lexical/releases
1. Open fields test suite
2. Type in relationship field, that has a relation to the numbers
collection
3. Scroll
You will get an error, as the label for the entry corresponding to the
numbers collection is of type number, and it attempts to use the
.toString() method on it
Live preview e2e tests had no CSS when tested against prod.
For all our other tests, we have a separate test/app directory that
imports CSS. Otherwise, the root-level /app directory is used.
For live-preview, we currently always run against test/live-preview/app,
that has no CSS import.
This PR adds a new test/live-preview/prod/app directory that imports CSS
and is used when we run tests against prod.
In order for this to work, I had to make import map generation smarter
Currently, Payload renders all custom components on initial compile of
the admin panel. This is problematic for two key reasons:
1. Custom components do not receive contextual data, i.e. fields do not
receive their field data, edit views do not receive their document data,
etc.
2. Components are unnecessarily rendered before they are used
This was initially required to support React Server Components within
the Payload Admin Panel for two key reasons:
1. Fields can be dynamically rendered within arrays, blocks, etc.
2. Documents can be recursively rendered within a "drawer" UI, i.e.
relationship fields
3. Payload supports server/client component composition
In order to achieve this, components need to be rendered on the server
and passed as "slots" to the client. Currently, the pattern for this is
to render custom server components in the "client config". Then when a
view or field is needed to be rendered, we first check the client config
for a "pre-rendered" component, otherwise render our client-side
fallback component.
But for the reasons listed above, this pattern doesn't exactly make
custom server components very useful within the Payload Admin Panel,
which is where this PR comes in. Now, instead of pre-rendering all
components on initial compile, we're able to render custom components
_on demand_, only as they are needed.
To achieve this, we've established [this
pattern](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8481) of React
Server Functions in the Payload Admin Panel. With Server Functions, we
can iterate the Payload Config and return JSX through React's
`text/x-component` content-type. This means we're able to pass
contextual props to custom components, such as data for fields and
views.
## Breaking Changes
1. Add the following to your root layout file, typically located at
`(app)/(payload)/layout.tsx`:
```diff
/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
+ import type { ServerFunctionClient } from 'payload'
import config from '@payload-config'
import { RootLayout } from '@payloadcms/next/layouts'
import { handleServerFunctions } from '@payloadcms/next/utilities'
import React from 'react'
import { importMap } from './admin/importMap.js'
import './custom.scss'
type Args = {
children: React.ReactNode
}
+ const serverFunctions: ServerFunctionClient = async function (args) {
+ 'use server'
+ return handleServerFunctions({
+ ...args,
+ config,
+ importMap,
+ })
+ }
const Layout = ({ children }: Args) => (
<RootLayout
config={config}
importMap={importMap}
+ serverFunctions={serverFunctions}
>
{children}
</RootLayout>
)
export default Layout
```
2. If you were previously posting to the `/api/form-state` endpoint, it
no longer exists. Instead, you'll need to invoke the `form-state` Server
Function, which can be done through the _new_ `getFormState` utility:
```diff
- import { getFormState } from '@payloadcms/ui'
- const { state } = await getFormState({
- apiRoute: '',
- body: {
- // ...
- },
- serverURL: ''
- })
+ const { getFormState } = useServerFunctions()
+
+ const { state } = await getFormState({
+ // ...
+ })
```
## Breaking Changes
```diff
- useFieldProps()
- useCellProps()
```
More details coming soon.
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: James <james@trbl.design>
Updated README asset URL
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
Update README asset URL for hero
### Why?
Reflect latest Payload branding
### How?
URL change for correct asset
-->
### What?
Adds full support for the point field to Postgres and Vercel Postgres
adapters through the Postgis extension. Fully the same API as with
MongoDB, including support for `near`, `within` and `intersects`
operators.
Additionally, exposes to adapter args:
*
`tablesFilter`https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/drizzle-kit-push#including-tables-schemas-and-extensions.
* `extensions` list of extensions to create, for example `['vector',
'pg_search']`, `postgis` is created automatically if there's any point
field
### Why?
It's essential to support that field type, especially if the postgres
adapter should be out of beta on 3.0 stable.
### How?
* Bumps `drizzle-orm` to `0.36.1` and `drizzle-kit` to `0.28.0` as we
need this change https://github.com/drizzle-team/drizzle-orm/pull/3141
* Uses its functions to achieve querying functionality, for example the
`near` operator works through `ST_DWithin` or `intersects` through
`ST_Intersects`.
* Removes MongoDB condition from all point field tests, but keeps for
SQLite
Resolves these discussions:
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/8996https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/8644
fix: migrateRefresh migrates without previously ran migrations
chore: adds tests for database migrate:fresh and migrate:refresh
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
Moved the logic for copying the data.id to data._id to the mongoose
adapter.
### Why?
If you have any hooks that need to set the `id`, the value does not get
sent to mongodb as you would expect since it was copied before the
beforeValidate hooks.
### How?
Now data._id is assigned only in the mongodb adapter's `create`
function.
BREAKING CHANGES:
When using custom ID fields, if you have any collection hooks for
beforeValidate, beforeChange then `data._id` will no longer be assigned
as this happens now in the database adapter. Use `data.id` instead.
Closes#9000
When you update a relationship document via the document drawer, the
initial document is registering `modified: true`. We should only set
modified to true on the initial document if the relationship id has
changed.
### What?
Fixes issue with incorrect `totalDocs` value when an aggregation is used
for `find`.
Previously, `limit: 5` for example always returned `totalDocs: 5`.
### Why?
`totalDocs` must be returned correctly.
### How?
Removes `$limit` from the pipeline, as `Model.aggregatePaginate` handles
it by itself.
### What?
Because of my error, we didn't pass `populate` to `findOperation` from
the Local API.
### Why?
`populate` must work for every operation that has `depth`.
### How?
Passes `populate` in `operations/local/find.ts`, ensures it works with
the test, checked that other operations pass it.
### What?
Updated the Bulgarian translations for improved accuracy.
- Fixed translations that were not in Bulgarian. (Czech and Russian)
- Fixed translations that contained typos.
- Improved some translations to use more accurate wording.
Co-authored-by: Teodora Yaneva <theodorayaneva@gmail.com>
## Description
Corrected `emailOrPasswordIncorrect` translation for Danish (da)
- [x] I have read and understand the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository.
Type of change
- [x] fix (non-breaking change)
### What?
Fixes a formatting issue that prevents
payloadcms.com/docs/beta/jobs-queue/overview from displaying properly.
There were a couple `<strong>` tags in the `jobs-queue/overview` docs
that did not have proper closing `</strong>` tags.
`create-payload-app` will now use git tags when cloning down the
templates instead of using latest from a branch.
The mechanism is cpa will read its own package.json version and use that
as a git tag prefixed w/ `v`
### What?
- Makes `jobs.workflows` optional
- Dynamically include the `workflowSlugs` select field in the jobs
collection as needed
### Why?
When configuring jobs, it should be possible to define `job` with just
some simple tasks and not be forced to define workflows.
### How?
Workflows type was made optional and optional chaining is added where
needed. The workflowSlugs field is added to the jobs collection if
workflows are defined.
Fixes #
When using postgres, the workflowSlugs being an empty enum cause an
error when drizzle fails to detect the enum already exists. This results
in the error `"enum_payload_jobs_workflow_slug" already exists`. Drizzle
tries to make the enum as: `enum_payload_jobs_workflow_slug as enum();`
and the check for existing enums only works when it has values.
## Problem
When `PayloadRequest` objects are logged using `console.log`, it creates
unstructured, multiline entries in logging services like DataDog and
Sentry. This circumvents the structured logging approach used throughout
the rest of the codebase.
## Solution
Replace `console.x` calls with the structured logging system when
logging `payload.logger.x` objects. This ensures consistent log
formatting and better integration with monitoring tools.
## Changes
- Replaced instances of `console.log` with structured logging methods
only in `@payloadcms/next`
- Maintains logging consistency across the codebase
- Improves log readability in DataDog, Sentry, and other monitoring
services
## First
<img width="914" alt="Screenshot 2024-11-06 at 09 53 44"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/019b6f4b-40ed-4e54-a92a-8d1b50baa303">
## Then
<img width="933" alt="Screenshot 2024-11-06 at 00 50 29"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/0a339db4-d706-4ff9-ba8c-80445bbef5d0">
### What?
Generates types for `joins` property.
Example from our `joins` test, keys are type-safe:
<img width="708" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f1fbbb9d-7c39-49a2-8aa2-a4793ae4ad7e">
Output in `payload-types.ts`:
```ts
collectionsJoins: {
categories: {
relatedPosts: 'posts';
hasManyPosts: 'posts';
hasManyPostsLocalized: 'posts';
'group.relatedPosts': 'posts';
'group.camelCasePosts': 'posts';
filtered: 'posts';
singulars: 'singular';
};
};
```
Additionally, we include type information about on which collection the
join is, it will help when we have types generation for `where` and
`sort`.
### Why?
It provides a better DX as you don't need to memoize your keys.
### How?
Modifies `configToJSONSchema` to generate the json schema for
`collectionsJoins`, uses that type within `JoinQuery`
### What?
Adds `populate` property to Local API and REST API operations that can
be used to specify `select` for a specific collection when it's
populated
```ts
const result = await payload.findByID({
populate: {
// type safe if you have generated types
posts: {
text: true,
},
},
collection: 'pages',
depth: 1,
id: aboutPage.id,
})
result.relatedPost // only has text and id properties
```
```ts
fetch('https://localhost:3000/api/pages?populate[posts][text]=true') // highlight-line
.then((res) => res.json())
.then((data) => console.log(data))
```
It also overrides
[`defaultPopulate`](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8934)
Ensures `defaultPopulate` doesn't affect GraphQL.
### How?
Implements the property for all operations that have the `depth`
argument.
### What?
Handles database name with special characters. For example: `-` -
`my-awesome-app`.
### Why?
Previously, `my-awesome-app` led to this error:
```
Error: failed to create database my-awesome-app.
Details: syntax error at or near "-"
```
This can reproduced for example with `create-payload-app`, as the
generated db name is based on project's name.
### How?
Wraps the query variable to quotes, `create database "my-awesome-app"`
instead of `create database my-awesome-app`.
### What?
Uses sequential pattern for Bulk Upload instead of `Promise.all`.
### Why?
* Concurrent uploads led to filename conflicts for example when you have
`upload.png` and `upload(1).png` already and you try to upload
`upload.png`
* Potentially expensive for resources, especially with high amount of
files / sizes
### How?
Replaces `Promise.all` with `for` loop, adds indicator "Uploaded 2/20"
to the loading overlay.
---------
Co-authored-by: James <james@trbl.design>
Setting a custom `id` field within unnamed fields causes duplicative ID
fields to be appear in the client config. When a top-level `id` field is
detected in your config, Payload uses that instead of injecting its
default field. But when nested within unnamed fields, such as an unnamed
tab, these custom `id` fields were not being found, causing the default
field to be duplicately rendered into tables columns, etc.
### What?
Makes it possible to filter join documents using a `where` added
directly in the config.
### Why?
It makes the join field more powerful for adding contextual meaning to
the documents being returned. For example, maybe you have a
`requiresAction` field that you set and you can have a join that
automatically filters the documents to those that need attention.
### How?
In the database adapter, we merge the requested `where` to the `where`
defined on the field.
On the frontend the results are filtered using the `filterOptions`
property in the component.
Fixes
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/8936https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/8937
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
Fixes support for custom endpoints with `method: 'put'`.
Previously, this didn't work:
```ts
export default buildConfigWithDefaults({
collections: [ ],
endpoints: [
{
method: 'put',
handler: () => new Response(),
path: '/put',
},
],
})
```
### Why?
We supported this in 2.0 and docs are saying that we can use `'put'` as
`method`
https://payloadcms.com/docs/beta/rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints
### How?
Implements the `REST_PUT` export for `@payloadcms/next/routes`, updates
all templates. Additionally, adds tests to ensure root/collection level
custom endpoints with all necessary methods execute properly.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8807
-->
### What?
Makes this to actually work
```ts
import type { RequestContext as OriginalRequestContext } from 'payload'
declare module 'payload' {
// Create a new interface that merges your additional fields with the original one
export interface RequestContext extends OriginalRequestContext {
myObject?: string
// ...
}
}
```
<img width="502" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/38570d3c-e8a8-48aa-a57d-6d11e79394f5">
### Why?
This is described in our docs
https://payloadcms.com/docs/beta/hooks/context#typescript therefore it
should work.
### How?
In order to get the declaration work, we need to reuse the type from the
root file `payload/src/index.js`. Additionally, removes `RequestContext`
type duplication in both `payload/src/types/index.js` and
`payload/src/index.js`.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8851
### What?
Any changes inside edit popup for the field with type `upload` and the
`relationTo` collection does nothing in context of the field, it has
affect only to collection.
I.e. when you make an edit to an uploads field in the edit drawer -
after saving and existing the drawer, your new changes are not present
until a refresh of the page.
### Why?
Previously, we were not performing a reload of the document fetch upon
saving of the doc in the edit drawer.
### How?
Now, we perform a reload (fetch) for updated docs on save within the
edit drawer.
Fixes#8837
### What?
If you have a custom field that sets the value of the field using the
`useField` hook on entry into a document - the `updatedAt` field would
be updated even when a non-owner tries to enter a locked document.
### Why?
When a field is updated in the edit view - we perform an update in
`form-state` to keep the doc in `payload-locked-documents` up to date
with the current editing status. The above scenario would hit this
update operation even on non-owner users because it was previously only
checking for `updateLastEdited` (which would get hit by the `setValue`
in the `useField` hook) so we also need to check to make sure the
current user entering a locked doc is also the owner of the document.
### How?
When performing an update to `payload-locked-documents` in
`buildFormState` - only perform the update if the current user is also
the owner of the locked document otherwise skip the `update` operation.
Fixes#8781
Adds the `x-powered-by` header to include Payload alongside Next.js
End result looks like this
```
x-powered-by:
Next.js, Payload
```
It also respects the nextConfig `poweredBy: false` to completely disable
it
Potentially fixes#9012 by disabling prefetch for all Next.js `Link`
component usage.
With prefetch left as the default and _on_, there were cases where the
prefetch could fetch stale data for Edit routes. Then, when navigating
to the Edit route, the data could be stale.
In addition, I think there is some strangeness happening on the Next.js
side where prefetched data might still come from the router cache even
though router cache is disabled.
This fix should be done regardless, but I suspect it will solve for a
lot of stale data issues.
GraphQL currently doesn't pass CORS checks as we don't expose an OPTIONS
endpoint which is used for browser preflights.
Should also fix situations like this
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8974
### What?
Fixes type for the `select` property when having `strictNullChecks:
true` or `strict: true` in tsconfig.
### Why?
`select` should provide autocompletion for users, at this point it
doesn't work with this condtiion
### How?
Makes `collectionsSelect` and `globalsSelect` properties required in
`configToJSONSchema.ts`.
Fixes
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8550#issuecomment-2452669237
### What?
Fixes the issue with querying by `id` from REST / `overrideAccess:
false`.
For example, this didn't work:
`/api/loans?where[book.bibliography.id][equals]=67224d74257b3f2acddc75f4`
```
QueryError: The following path cannot be queried: id
```
### Why?
We support this syntax within the Local API.
### How?
Now, for simplicity we sanitize everything like
`relation.otherRelation.id` to `relation.otherRelation`
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9008
### What?
Includes `hasMany`, `minRows`, and `maxRows` in Upload field config
options table.
### Why?
To be inline with the type definitions.
### How?
Changes to `docs/fields/upload.mdx`
### What?
Fixes `select` handling for properties inside of unnamed tabs using the
mongodb adapter.
Additionally, refactors `traverseFields` in drizzle to reuse logic from
groups / collapsible or rows if unnamed.
### Why?
`select` must work for any fields.
### How?
Fixes the `'tab'` case in `buildProjectionFromSelect` to handle when the
field is an unnamed tab.
Adds extra tests for named tabs / unnamed.
### What?
When read access is restricted on the `users` collection - restricted
users would not have access to other users complete user data object
only their IDs when accessing `user.value`.
### Why?
This is problematic when determining the lock status of a document from
a restricted users perspective as `user.id` would not exist - the user
data would not be an object in this case but instead a `string` or
`number` value for user ID
### How?
This PR properly handles both cases now and checks if the incoming user
data is an object or just a `string` / `number`.
## The SEO plugin now takes in a function to override or add in new
fields
- `fieldOverrides` has been removed
- `fields` is now a function that takes in `defaultFields` and expects
an array of fields in return
This makes it a lot easier for end users to override and extend existing
fields and add new ones. This change also brings this plugin inline with
the pattern that we use in our other plugins.
```ts
// before
seoPlugin({
fieldOverrides: {
title: {
required: true,
},
},
fields: [
{
name: 'customField',
type: 'text',
}
]
})
// after
seoPlugin({
fields: ({ defaultFields }) => {
const modifiedFields = defaultFields.map((field) => {
// Override existing fields
if ('name' in field && field.name === 'title') {
return {
...field,
required: true,
}
}
return field
})
return [
...modifiedFields,
// Add a new field
{
name: 'ogTitle',
type: 'text',
label: 'og:title',
},
]
},
})
```
## Also fixes
- Localization labels not showing up on default fields
- The inability to add before and after inputs to default fields
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8893
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
`auth` enabled collections show "Password" fields whenever a GraphQL
query is performed or the GraphQL playground is opened (see #8032)
You can reproduce this behavior by spinning up the `admin` test with
PostgreSQL:
```bash
pnpm dev:postgres admin
```
Open the admin UI and navigate to the `dev@payloadcms.com` document in
the `Users` collection (see screenshot below)
<img width="915" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/40624a8f-80b7-412b-b851-5e3643ffcae1">
Open the [GraphQL
playground](http://localhost:3000/api/graphql-playground)
Open the admin UI and select the user again. The password field appears
multiple times.
Subsequent GraphQL playground page refreshes lead to even more password
fields in the admin UI.
<img width="1086" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/009264bd-b153-4bf7-8fc9-8e465fc27247">
The current behavior has an impact during development and even on
production. Since the password field is added to the collection, payload
tries to add this field to the database as well (at least I could
observe at in my own project)
### Why?
In the `packages/graphql/src/schema/initCollections.ts` file, the
`initCollections` function mutates the config object by adding the
password field for the GraphQL schema (line 128). This mutation adds the
field multiple times, depending how often you open the playground. In
addition, this added field is also shown in the UI since the config
object is shared (see screenshot above).
### How?
By creating a deep copy of the object, the mutation of the configuration
does not leak additional fields to the UI or other parts of the code.
Fixes an issue where using wildcards in upload-enabled collection
mimeType restrictions would prevent files from being selected in the
bulk upload file selector.
Adds a jobs queue to Payload.
- [x] Docs, w/ examples for Vercel Cron, additional services
- [x] Type the `job` using GeneratedTypes in `JobRunnerArgs`
(@AlessioGr)
- [x] Write the `runJobs` function
- [x] Allow for some type of `payload.runTask`
- [x] Open up a new bin script for running jobs
- [x] Determine strategy for runner endpoint to either await jobs
successfully or return early and stay open until job work completes
(serverless ramifications here)
- [x] Allow for job runner to accept how many jobs to run in one
invocation
- [x] Make a Payload local API method for creating a new job easily
(payload.createJob) or similar which is strongly typed (@AlessioGr)
- [x] Make `payload.runJobs` or similar (@AlessioGr)
- [x] Write tests for retrying up to max retries for a given step
- [x] Write tests for dynamic import of a runner
The shape of the config should permit the definition of steps separate
from the job workflows themselves.
```js
const config = {
// Not sure if we need this property anymore
queues: {
},
// A job is an instance of a workflow, stored in DB
// and triggered by something at some point
jobs: {
// Be able to override the jobs collection
collectionOverrides: () => {},
// Workflows are groups of tasks that handle
// the flow from task to task.
// When defined on the config, they are considered as predefined workflows
// BUT - in the future, we'll allow for UI-based workflow definition as well.
workflows: [
{
slug: 'job-name',
// Temporary name for this
// should be able to pass function
// or path to it for Node to dynamically import
controlFlowInJS: '/my-runner.js',
// Temporary name as well
// should be able to eventually define workflows
// in UI (meaning they need to be serialized in JSON)
// Should not be able to define both control flows
controlFlowInJSON: [
{
task: 'myTask',
next: {
// etc
}
}
],
// Workflows take input
// which are a group of fields
input: [
{
name: 'post',
type: 'relationship',
relationTo: 'posts',
maxDepth: 0,
required: true,
},
{
name: 'message',
type: 'text',
required: true,
},
],
},
],
// Tasks are defined separately as isolated functions
// that can be retried on fail
tasks: [
{
slug: 'myTask',
retries: 2,
// Each task takes input
// Used to auto-type the task func args
input: [
{
name: 'post',
type: 'relationship',
relationTo: 'posts',
maxDepth: 0,
required: true,
},
{
name: 'message',
type: 'text',
required: true,
},
],
// Each task takes output
// Used to auto-type the function signature
output: [
{
name: 'success',
type: 'checkbox',
}
],
onSuccess: () => {},
onFail: () => {},
run: myRunner,
},
]
}
}
```
### `payload.createJob`
This function should allow for the creation of jobs based on either a
workflow (group of tasks) or an individual task.
To create a job using a workflow:
```js
const job = await payload.createJob({
// Accept the `name` of a workflow so we can match to either a
// code-based workflow OR a workflow defined in the DB
// Should auto-type the input
workflowName: 'myWorkflow',
input: {
// typed to the args of the workflow by name
}
})
```
To create a job using a task:
```js
const job = await payload.createJob({
// Accept the `name` of a task
task: 'myTask',
input: {
// typed to the args of the task by name
}
})
```
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
### What?
I noticed a spelling error in the banner of the beta docs and decided I
could save everyone some time by *running the entirety of the beta docs*
through a spellchecker.
### Why?
To fix many spelling and formatting mistakes at once.
### How?
By enabling `edit mode` in my browser and letting the built-in
spellchecker perform its magic (and changing _only_ where it made
sense).
~~Ironically, the original spelling mistake that inspired me to do this
remains unchanged as that is a part of the website repo. [PR for that is
here](https://github.com/payloadcms/website/pull/388).~~
### What?
Since the join field, we do store relationship fields values in
`ObjectID`. This wasn't true if the field is nested to an array /
blocks.
### Why?
All relationship fields values should be stored in `ObjectID`.
### How?
Fixes arrays / blocks handling in the `traverseFields.ts` function.
Before it didn't run for them.
### What?
Adds `defaultPopulate` property to collection config that allows to
specify which fields to select when the collection is populated from
another document.
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
// The TSlug generic can be passed to have type safety for `defaultPopulate`.
// If avoided, the `defaultPopulate` type resolves to `SelectType`.
export const Pages: CollectionConfig<'pages'> = {
slug: 'pages',
// I need only slug, NOT the WHOLE CONTENT!
defaultPopulate: {
slug: true,
},
fields: [
{
name: 'slug',
type: 'text',
required: true,
},
],
}
```
### Why?
This is essential for example in case of links. You don't need the whole
document, which can contain large data but only the `slug`.
### How?
Implements `defaultPopulate` when populating relationships, including
inside of lexical / slate rich text fields.
This PR aims to fix a few issues with the notFound page and custom views
so it matches v2 behaviour:
- Non authorised users should always be redirected to the login page
regardless if not found or valid URL
- Previously notFound would render for non users too potentially
exposing valid but protected routes and creating a confusing workflow as
the UI was being rendered as well
- Custom views are now public by default
- in our `admin` test suite, the `/admin/public-custom-view` is
accessible to non users but
`/admin/public-custom-view/protected-nested-view` is not unless the
checkbox is true in the Settings global, there's e2e coverage for this
- Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8716
Documentation updated to match current implementation.
Original Doc:
```ts
import { payloadCloud } from '@payloadcms/payload-cloud'
```
Current:
```ts
import { payloadCloudPlugin } from '@payloadcms/payload-cloud'
```
---
References in docs have been updated.
### What?
Properly specifies `$lookup.from` when the collection name is singular.
### Why?
MongoDB can pluralize the collection name and so can be different for
singular ones.
### How?
Uses the collection name from the driver directly
`adapter.collections[slug].collection.name` instead of just `slug`.
The search plugin was incorrectly retrieving all locales, when it should
just be retrieving the locale of the parent document that was actively
being updated.
## BREAKING CHANGES:
If you have a localized Payload config, and you are using the `plugin-search`, we will now automatically localize the `title` field that is injected by the search plugin and this may lead to data loss. To opt out of this new behavior, you can pass `localize: false` to the plugin options.
Adds `select` which is used to specify the field projection for local
and rest API calls. This is available as an optimization to reduce the
payload's of requests and make the database queries more efficient.
Includes:
- [x] generate types for the `select` property
- [x] infer the return type by `select` with 2 modes - include (`field:
true`) and exclude (`field: false`)
- [x] lots of integration tests, including deep fields / localization
etc
- [x] implement the property in db adapters
- [x] implement the property in the local api for most operations
- [x] implement the property in the rest api
- [x] docs
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
### What?
Adds a way to prevent creating new documents from the admin UI in a join
field.
### Why?
There are two reasons:
1. You want to disable this any time as a feature of your admin user
experience
2. When creating a new document it is not yet possible to create the
relationship, preventing create is necessary for the workflow to make
sense.
### How?
join field has a new admin property called `allowCreate`, can be set to
false. By default the UI will never allow create when the current
document being edited does not yet have an `id`.
Fixes #
#8892
### Before
Even though the document doesn't have an ID yet, the create buttons are
shown which doesn't actually work.
### After
Initial document creation:
Prevented using `allowCreate: false`
Corrects package import paths for live preview test.
- This would cause a import glitch when trying to run the live-preview
test due to incorrect file paths.
### What?
Fixes the issue with passing a string `limit` value from user
preferences to the mongodb `.aggregate` function.
To reproduce:
- click the list view for a collection that has a join field
- set "show per page" to 100
- reload, see this:
<img width="1001" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/86c644d1-d183-48e6-bf34-0ccac23cb114">
### Why?
When using `.aggregate`, MongoDB doesn't cast a value for the `$limit`
stage to a number automatically as it's not handled by Mongoose. It's
also more convenient to store this value as a number.
### How?
Stores `limit` inside of preferences in number.
### What?
This PR aims to fix an issue in the form-builder plugin page - in the
`number` field table, where an issue with one of the columns makes the
whole table unformatted. [See issue
here](https://payloadcms.com/docs/beta/plugins/form-builder#number).
### Why?
As it stands, the whole table is being rendered without any formatting,
making understanding it very difficult.
### How?
Changes to `docs/plugins/form-builder.mdx`
`Issue`:
Previously, documents that were locked but expired would still show in
the list view / render the `DocumentLocked` modal upon other users
entering the document.
The expected outcome should be having expired locked documents seen as
unlocked to other users.
I.e:
- Removing the lock icon from expired locks in the list view.
- Prevent the `DocumentLocked` modal from appearing for other users -
requiring a take over.
`Fix`:
- Only query for locked documents that are not expired, aka their
`updatedAt` dates are greater than the the current time minus the lock
duration.
- Performs a `deleteMany` on expired documents when any user edits any
other document in the same collection.
Fixes#8778
`TODO`: Add tests
### What?
Fixes the issue with `in` querying when the collection has a join field.
### Why?
When using `.aggregate`, MongoDB doesn't cast a comma delimited value
for the `$in` operator to an array automatically as it's not handled by
Mongoose.
### How?
Sanitizes the incoming value to an array if it should.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8901
### What?
Allow specifying the defaultSort and defaultLimit to use for populating
a join field
### Why?
It is much easier to set defaults rather than be forced to always call
the join query using the query pattern ("?joins[categories][limit]=0").
### How?
See docs and type changes
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
Updates the examples in the
[admin/metadata#root-metadata](https://payloadcms.com/docs/beta/admin/metadata#root-metadata)
and
[admin/metadata#icons](https://payloadcms.com/docs/beta/admin/metadata#icons)
sections from using `href` to `url` and fixes the way that the `images`
Type excludes the description due to `|` being parsed as column
separator
### Why?
As of right now, the examples are incorrect and the `images` type bleeds
into the description and omits it entirely
See image of table issue at `images`:
### How?
Changes to `metadata.mdx`
Fixes#8887
Credit to @thgh for the `href` to `url` find
While following the "Adding to an existing app" instructions for the
**beta** docs, I noticed that the pnpm installation commands for the
database adapters were missing the `@beta` tag, which will result in
errors in the project.
Fixes a potential race condition where versions could lose `latest:
true` and potentially also introduce a conflict with the `parent` field.
We now explicitly define these as we update versions in the
`saveVersion` function.
Previously, when opening e.g. a link drawer, clicking within the drawer,
and then closing it, the cursor / selection of the lexical editor will
reset to the beginning of the editor.
Now, we have dedicated logic to storing, preserving and restoring the
lexical selection when working with drawers.
This will work with all drawers. Links, uploads, relationships etc.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ab3858b1-0f52-4ee5-813f-02b848355998
BREAKING CHANGE: Rename `@payloadcms/plugin-cloud` to
`@payloadcms/payload-cloud`. Anyone using the existing plugin will need
to switch to using the new package.
## Why?
Since v3 will be using _fixed versioning_, all versions of `^3` must be
available. Unfortunately, the `@payloadcms/plugin-cloud` version has
already breached that version number. Renaming will allow it to be on
the same version as other monorepo packages.
Additionally, the name `plugin-cloud` is quite ambiguous and sometimes
is confused with `plugin-cloud-storage`, so using `payload-cloud` feels
like a good move to make this more evident.
Fixes an annoying instance where on the /account page if you change your
theme then navigate away the Leaving without save popup is triggered
even though you don't need to submit a form or trigger a save in order
to change your admin theme.
This change adds support for sort with multiple fields in local API and
REST API. Related discussion #2089
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
2024-10-24 15:46:30 -04:00
4230 changed files with 283382 additions and 254458 deletions
*Note:* Feature requests should be opened as [discussions](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/new?category=feature-requests-ideas).
- type:input
id:reproduction-link
attributes:
label:Link to reproduction
description:Want us to look into your issue faster? Follow the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md) for more information.
validations:
required:false
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:Describe the Bug
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:To Reproduce
description:Steps to reproduce the behavior, please provide a clear description of how to reproduce the issue, based on the linked minimal reproduction. Screenshots can be provided in the issue body below. If using code blocks, make sure that [syntax highlighting is correct](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting) and double check that the rendered preview is not broken.
validations:
required:true
- type:input
id:version
attributes:
label:Payload Version
description:What version of Payload are you running?
validations:
required:true
- type:input
id:adapters-plugins
attributes:
label:Adapters and Plugins
description:What adapters and plugins are you using? ie. db-mongodb, db-postgres, bundler-webpack, etc.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:Before submitting the issue, go through the steps you've written down to make sure the steps provided are detailed and clear.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:Contributors should be able to follow the steps provided in order to reproduce the bug.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:These steps are used to add integration tests to ensure the same issue does not happen again. Thanks in advance!
_REQUIRED_: Please provide a link to your reproduction. Note, if the URL is invalid (404 or a private repository), we may close the issue.
Either use `pnpx create-payload-app@latest -t blank` then push to a repo or follow the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md) for more information.
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:Reproduction Steps
description:Steps to reproduce the behavior, please provide a clear description of how to reproduce the issue, based on the linked minimal reproduction. Screenshots can be provided in the issue body below. If using code blocks, make sure that [syntax highlighting is correct](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting) and double check that the rendered preview is not broken.
validations:
required:true
- type:dropdown
attributes:
label:Which area(s) are affected? (Select all that apply)
multiple:true
options:
- 'Not sure'
- 'area:core'
- 'area:docs'
- 'area:templates'
- 'area:ui'
- 'db-mongodb'
- 'db-postgres'
- 'db-sqlite'
- 'db-vercel-postgres'
- 'email-nodemailer'
- 'plugin:cloud'
- 'plugin:cloud-storage'
- 'plugin:form-builder'
- 'plugin:nested-docs'
- 'plugin:richtext-lexical'
- 'plugin:richtext-slate'
- 'plugin:search'
- 'plugin:sentry'
- 'plugin:seo'
- 'plugin:stripe'
- 'plugin:other'
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:Environment Info
description:Paste output from `pnpm payload info` _or_ Payload, Node.js, and Next.js versions.
render:text
placeholder:|
Payload:
Node.js:
Next.js:
validations:
required:true
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:Before submitting the issue, go through the steps you've written down to make sure the steps provided are detailed and clear.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:Contributors should be able to follow the steps provided in order to reproduce the bug.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:These steps are used to add integration tests to ensure the same issue does not happen again. Thanks in advance!
description:'[SCREENSHOT REQUIRED] - Create a design issue report'
labels: ['status: needs-triage', 'v3', 'area:ui']
body:
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:Describe the Bug.
description:>-
_REQUIRED:_ Please a screenshot/video of the issue along with a detailed description of the problem.
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:Reproduction Steps
description:Steps to reproduce the behavior, please provide a clear description of how to reproduce the issue, based on the linked minimal reproduction. Screenshots can be provided in the issue body below. If using code blocks, make sure that [syntax highlighting is correct](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting) and double check that the rendered preview is not broken.
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:Environment Info
description:Paste output from `pnpm payload info` _or_ Payload, Node.js, and Next.js versions.
render:text
placeholder:|
Payload:
Node.js:
Next.js:
validations:
required:true
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:Before submitting the issue, go through the steps you've written down to make sure the steps provided are detailed and clear.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:Contributors should be able to follow the steps provided in order to reproduce the bug.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:These steps are used to add integration tests to ensure the same issue does not happen again. Thanks in advance!
description:Report a bug for Payload v2. ONLY CRITICAL bugs will be fixed in v2.
labels: ['status:needs-triage', 'v2']
body:
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:|
ONLY CRITICAL bugs will be fixed in v2.
- type:input
id:reproduction-link
attributes:
label:Link to reproduction
description:Want us to look into your issue faster? Follow the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md) for more information.
validations:
required:false
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:Describe the Bug
validations:
required:true
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:To Reproduce
description:Steps to reproduce the behavior, please provide a clear description of how to reproduce the issue, based on the linked minimal reproduction. Screenshots can be provided in the issue body below. If using code blocks, make sure that [syntax highlighting is correct](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting) and double check that the rendered preview is not broken.
validations:
required:true
- type:input
id:version
attributes:
label:Payload Version
description:What version of Payload are you running?
validations:
required:true
- type:input
id:adapters-plugins
attributes:
label:Adapters and Plugins
description:What adapters and plugins are you using? ie. db-mongodb, db-postgres, bundler-webpack, etc.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:Before submitting the issue, go through the steps you've written down to make sure the steps provided are detailed and clear.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:Contributors should be able to follow the steps provided in order to reproduce the bug.
- type:markdown
attributes:
value:These steps are used to add integration tests to ensure the same issue does not happen again. Thanks in advance!
<!-- Please include a summary of the pull request and any related issues it fixes. Please also include relevant motivation and context. -->
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make sure you've completed all the steps.
- [ ] I have read and understand the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md) document in this repository.
Please review the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md) document in this repository if you haven't already.
## Type of change
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as possible:
<!-- Please delete options that are not relevant. -->
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat: my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic behind a change
- [ ] Chore (non-breaking change which does not add functionality)
- [ ] Bug fix (non-breaking change which fixes an issue)
- [ ] New feature (non-breaking change which adds functionality)
- [ ] Breaking change (fix or feature that would cause existing functionality to not work as expected)
- [ ] Change to the [templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) directory (does not affect core functionality)
- [ ] Change to the [examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directory (does not affect core functionality)
- [ ] This change requires a documentation update
### What?
## Checklist:
### Why?
- [ ] I have added tests that prove my fix is effective or that my feature works
- [ ] Existing test suite passes locally with my changes
- [ ] I have made corresponding changes to the documentation
description: 'Either a string or a path to a .md file inside the repository. Example:".github/invalid-reproduction.md"'
default: '.github/invalid-reproduction.md'
reproduction-hosts:
description: 'Comma-separated list of hostnames that are allowed for reproductions. Example:"github.com,codesandbox.io"'
default: github.com
reproduction-invalid-label:
description: 'Label to apply to issues without a valid reproduction. Example:"invalid-reproduction"'
default: 'invalid-reproduction'
reproduction-issue-labels:
description: 'Comma-separated list of issue labels. If configured, only verify reproduction URLs of issues with one of these labels present. Adding a comma at the end will handle non-labeled issues as invalid. Example:"bug,",will consider issues with the label "bug" or no label.'
default:''
reproduction-link-section:
description:'A regular expression string with "(.*)" matching a valid URL in the issue body. The result is trimmed. Example: "### Link to reproduction(.*)### To reproduce"'
default:'### Link to reproduction(.*)### To reproduce'
actions-to-perform:
description: 'Comma-separated list of actions to perform on the issue. Example:"tag,comment,close"'
**Please add a reproduction in order for us to be able to investigate.**
Depending on the quality of reproduction steps, this issue may be closed if no reproduction is provided.
### Why was this issue marked with the `invalid-reproduction` label?
To be able to investigate, we need access to a reproduction to identify what triggered the issue. We prefer a link to a public GitHub repository created with `create-payload-app@beta -t blank` or a forked/branched version of this repository with tests added (more info in the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md)).
To make sure the issue is resolved as quickly as possible, please make sure that the reproduction is as **minimal** as possible. This means that you should **remove unnecessary code, files, and dependencies** that do not contribute to the issue. Ensure your reproduction does not depend on secrets, 3rd party registries, private dependencies, or any other data that cannot be made public. Avoid a reproduction including a whole monorepo (unless relevant to the issue). The easier it is to reproduce the issue, the quicker we can help.
Please test your reproduction against the latest version of Payload to make sure your issue has not already been fixed.
### I added a link, why was it still marked?
Ensure the link is pointing to a codebase that is accessible (e.g. not a private repository). "[example.com](http://example.com/)", "n/a", "will add later", etc. are not acceptable links -- we need to see a public codebase. See the above section for accepted links.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ There are a couple ways run integration tests:
- **Granularly** - you can run individual tests in vscode by installing the Jest Runner plugin and using that to run individual tests. Clicking the `debug` button will run the test in debug mode allowing you to set break points.
- **Manually** - you can run all int tests in the `/test/_community/int.spec.ts` file by running the following command:
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The easiest way to run E2E tests is to install
Once they are installed you can open the `testing` tab in vscode sidebar and drill down to the test you want to run, i.e. `/test/_community/e2e.spec.ts`
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ There are a couple ways to do this:
- **Granularly** - you can run individual tests in vscode by installing the Jest Runner plugin and using that to run individual tests. Clicking the `debug` button will run the test in debug mode allowing you to set break points.
- **Manually** - you can run all int tests in the `/test/_community/int.spec.ts` file by running the following command:
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The easiest way to run E2E tests is to install
Once they are installed you can open the `testing` tab in vscode sidebar and drill down to the test you want to run, i.e. `/test/_community/e2e.spec.ts`
> 🎉 <strong>Payload 2.0 is now available!</strong> Read more in the <a target="_blank" href="https://payloadcms.com/blog/payload-2-0" rel="dofollow"><strong>announcement post</strong></a>.
> 🎉 <strong>We've released 3.0!</strong> Star this repo or keep an eye on it to follow along.
Payload is the first-ever Next.js native CMS that can install directly in your existing `/app` folder. It's the start of a new era for headless CMS.
<h3>Benefits over a regular CMS</h3>
<ul>
<li>Don’t hit some third-party SaaS API, hit your own API</li>
<li>Use your own database and own your data</li>
<li>It's just Express - do what you want outside of Payload</li>
<li>No need to learn how Payload works - if you know JS, you know Payload</li>
<li>Deploy anywhere, including serverless on Vercel for free</li>
<li>Combine your front+backend in the same <code>/app</code> folder if you want</li>
<li>Don't sign up for yet another SaaS - Payload is open source</li>
<li>Query your database in React Server Components</li>
<li>Both admin and backend are 100% extensible</li>
<li>No vendor lock-in</li>
<li>Avoid microservices hell - get everything (even auth) in one place</li>
<li>Never touch ancient WP code again</li>
<li>Build faster, never hit a roadblock</li>
<li>Both admin and backend are 100% extensible</li>
</ul>
## ☁️ Deploy instantly with Payload Cloud.
Create a cloud account, connect your GitHub, and [deploy in minutes](https://payloadcms.com/new).
## 🚀 Get started by self-hosting completely free, forever.
## Quickstart
Before beginning to work with Payload, make sure you have all of the [required software](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/installation).
```text
npx create-payload-app@latest
pnpx create-payload-app@latest
```
Alternatively, it only takes about five minutes to [create an app from scratch](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/installation#from-scratch).
**If you're new to Payload, you should start with the website template** (`pnpx create-payload-app@latest -t website`). It shows how to do _everything_ - including custom Rich Text blocks, on-demand revalidation, live preview, and more. It comes with a frontend built with Tailwind all in one `/app` folder.
## 🖱️ One-click templates
## One-click templates
Jumpstart your next project by starting with a pre-made template. These are production-ready, end-to-end solutions designed to get you to market as fast as possible.
Eliminate the need to combine Shopify and a CMS, and instead do it all with Payload + Stripe. Comes with a beautiful, fully functional front-end complete with shopping cart, checkout, orders, and much more.
Build any kind of website, blog, or portfolio from small to enterprise. Comes with a beautiful, fully functional front-end complete with posts, projects, comments, and much more.
Build any kind of website, blog, or portfolio from small to enterprise. Comes with a fully functional front-end built with RSCs and Tailwind.
We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates). If you maintain your own template, consider adding the `payload-template` topic to your GitHub repository for others to find.
@@ -67,20 +64,19 @@ We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://gith
## ✨ Features
- Completely free and open-source
-[GraphQL](https://payloadcms.com/docs/graphql/overview), [REST](https://payloadcms.com/docs/rest-api/overview), and [Local](https://payloadcms.com/docs/local-api/overview) APIs
- [Document and field-level hooks](https://payloadcms.com/docs/hooks/overview) for every action Payload provides
- Built with Typescript & very Typescript-friendly
- Intensely fast API
- Highly secure thanks to HTTP-only cookies, CSRF protection, and more
@@ -90,7 +86,7 @@ We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://gith
Check out the [Payload website](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/what-is-payload) to find in-depth documentation for everything that Payload offers.
Migrating from v1 to v2? Check out the [2.0 Release Notes](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/releases/tag/v2.0.0) on how to do it.
Migrating from v2 to v3? Check out the [3.0 Migration Guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/docs/migration-guide/overview.mdx) on how to do it.
## 🙋 Contributing
@@ -100,7 +96,11 @@ If you want to add contributions to this repository, please follow the instructi
The [Examples Directory](./examples) is a great resource for learning how to setup Payload in a variety of different ways, but you can also find great examples in our blog and throughout our social media.
If you'd like to run the examples, you can either copy them to a folder outside this repo or run them directly by (1) navigating to the example's subfolder (`cd examples/your-example-folder`) and (2) using the `--ignore-workspace` flag to bypass workspace restrictions (e.g., `pnpm --ignore-workspace install` or `pnpm --ignore-workspace dev`).
If you'd like to run the examples, you can use `create-payload-app` to create a project from one:
Collection Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control) used to restrict access to Documents within a [Collection](../collections/overview), as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Collection.
Collection Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control/overview) used to restrict access to Documents within a [Collection](../getting-started/concepts#collections), as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Collection.
To add Access Control to a Collection, use the `access` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ If a Collection supports [Versions](../versions/overview), the following additio
Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `create` request.
To add create Access Control to a Collection, use the `create` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add create Access Control to a Collection, use the `create` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `create` function:
Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `read` request.
To add read Access Control to a Collection, use the `read` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add read Access Control to a Collection, use the `read` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
Return a [Query](../queries/overview) to limit the Documents to only those that match the constraint. This can be helpful to restrict users' access to specific Documents. [More details](../queries/overview).
</Banner>
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `read` function:
Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `update` request.
To add update Access Control to a Collection, use the `update` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add update Access Control to a Collection, use the `update` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
Return a [Query](../queries/overview) to limit the Documents to only those that match the constraint. This can be helpful to restrict users' access to specific Documents. [More details](../queries/overview).
</Banner>
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `update` function:
Similarly to the Update function, returns a boolean or a [query constraint](/docs/queries/overview) to limit which documents can be deleted by which users.
To add delete Access Control to a Collection, use the `delete` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add delete Access Control to a Collection, use the `delete` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `delete` function:
### Admin
If the Collection is use to access the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection), the `Admin` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the admin UI.
If the Collection is used to access the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection), the `Admin` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the admin UI.
To add Admin Access Control to a Collection, use the `admin` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `admin` function:
Determines which users can [unlock](/docs/authentication/operations#unlock) other users who may be blocked from authenticating successfully due to [failing too many login attempts](/docs/authentication/overview#options).
To add Unlock Access Control to a Collection, use the `unlock` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add Unlock Access Control to a Collection, use the `unlock` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `unlock` function:
If the Collection has [Versions](../versions/overview) enabled, the `readVersions` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the version history of a Document.
To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
Global Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control) used to restrict access to [Global](../globals/overview) Documents, as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Global.
Global Access Control is [Access Control](../overview) used to restrict access to [Global](../configuration/globals) Documents, as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Global.
To add Access Control to a Global, use the `access` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
Access Control is specific to the operation of the request.
To add Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To add Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ If a Global supports [Versions](../versions/overview), the following additional
Returns a boolean result or optionally a [query constraint](../queries/overview) which limits who can read this global based on its current properties.
To add read Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `read` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To add read Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `read` property in the [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `read` function:
Returns a boolean result or optionally a [query constraint](../queries/overview) which limits who can update this global based on its current properties.
To add update Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To add update Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `update` function:
If the Global has [Versions](../versions/overview) enabled, the `readVersions` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the version history of a Document.
To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
In the [Local API](../local-api/overview), all Access Control is _skipped_ by default. This allows your server to have full control over your application. To opt back in, you can set the `overrideAccess` option to `false` in your requests.
</Banner>
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The Admin Panel responds dynamically to your changes to Access Control. For exam
To accomplish this, Payload exposes the [Access Operation](../authentication/operations#access). Upon login, Payload executes each Access Control function at the top level, across all Collections, Globals, and Fields, and returns a response that contains a reflection of what the currently authenticated user can do within your application.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
When your access control functions are executed via the [Access Operation](../authentication/operations#access), the `id` and `data` arguments will be `undefined`. This is because Payload is executing your functions without referencing a specific Document.
| **`group`** | Text used as a label for grouping Collection and Global links together in the navigation. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Collection from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`hooks`** | Admin-specific hooks for this Collection. [More details](../hooks/collections). |
| **`useAsTitle`** | Specify a top-level field to use for a document title throughout the Admin Panel. If no field is defined, the ID of the document is used as the title. A field with `virtual: true` cannot be used as the title. |
| **`description`** | Text to display below the Collection label in the List View to give editors more information. Alternatively, you can use the `admin.components.Description` to render a React component. [More details](#components). |
| **`defaultColumns`** | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show by default in this Collection's List View. |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this Collection. |
| **`enableRichTextLink`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Link` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`enableRichTextRelationship`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Relationship` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Collection within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate preview URLs within the Admin Panel that can point to your app. [More details](#preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Collection. [More details](#components). |
| **`listSearchableFields`** | Specify which fields should be searched in the List search view. [More details](#list-searchable-fields). |
| **`pagination`** | Set pagination-specific options for this Collection. [More details](#pagination). |
| **`group`** | Text or localization object used to group Collection and Global links in the admin navigation. Set to `false` to hide the link from the navigation while keeping its routes accessible. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Collection from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`hooks`** | Admin-specific hooks for this Collection. [More details](../hooks/collections). |
| **`useAsTitle`** | Specify a top-level field to use for a document title throughout the Admin Panel. If no field is defined, the ID of the document is used as the title. A field with `virtual: true` cannot be used as the title. |
| **`description`** | Text to display below the Collection label in the List View to give editors more information. Alternatively, you can use the `admin.components.Description` to render a React component. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`defaultColumns`** | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show by default in this Collection's List View. |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this Collection. |
| **`enableRichTextLink`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Link` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`enableRichTextRelationship`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Relationship` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Collection within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate preview URLs within the Admin Panel that can point to your app. [More details](#preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Collection. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`listSearchableFields`** | Specify which fields should be searched in the List search view. [More details](#list-searchable-fields). |
| **`pagination`** | Set pagination-specific options for this Collection. [More details](#pagination). |
| **`baseListFilter`** | You can define a default base filter for this collection's List view, which will be merged into any filters that the user performs. |
### Components
### Custom Components
Collections can set their own [Custom Components](./components) which only apply to [Collection](../configuration/collections)-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](./overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
@@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ The following options are available:
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
The `preview` property resolves to a string that points to your front-end application with additional URL parameters. This can be an absolute URL or a relative path.
The preview function receives two arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`doc`** | The Document being edited. |
| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale` and `token` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale`, `token`, and `req` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
If your application requires a fully qualified URL, such as within deploying to Vercel Preview Deployments, you can use the `req` property to build this URL:
For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
The Payload [Admin Panel](./overview) is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow for both easy customization and full control over the UI. In order for Payload to support this level of customization, Payload provides a pattern for you to supply your own React components through your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview).
The Payload [Admin Panel](./overview) is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow for easy customization and full control over the UI. In order for Payload to support this level of customization, Payload provides a pattern for you to supply your own React components through your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview).
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default, with the exception of [Custom Providers](#custom-providers). This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api) directly on the front-end. Custom Components are available for nearly every part of the Admin Panel for extreme granularity and control.
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api/overview) directly on the front-end. Custom Components are available for nearly every part of the Admin Panel for extreme granularity and control.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
Client Components continue to be fully supported. To use Client Components in your app, simply include the `use client` directive. Payload will automatically detect and remove all default, [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) before rendering your component. [More details](#client-components).
</Banner>
There are four main types of Custom Components in Payload:
To swap in your own Custom Component, consult the list of available components. Determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-components) accordingly.
To swap in your own Custom Component, first consult the list of available components, determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-components) accordingly.
## Defining Custom Components
## Defining Custom Components in the Payload Config
As Payload compiles the Admin Panel, it checks your config for Custom Components. When detected, Payload either replaces its own default component with yours, or if none exists by default, renders yours outright. While are many places where Custom Components are supported in Payload, each is defined in the same way using [Component Paths](#component-paths).
In the Payload Config, you can define custom React Components to enhance the admin interface. However, these components should not be imported directly into the server-only Payload Config to avoid including client-side code. Instead, you specify the path to the component. Here’s how you can do it:
To add a Custom Component, point to its file path in your Payload Config:
In the path `/src/components/Logout#MyComponent`, `/src/components/Logout` is the file path, and `MyComponent` is the named export. If the component is the default export, the export name can be omitted. Path and export name are separated by a `#`.
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
All Custom Components can be either Server Components or Client Components, depending on the presence of the `use client` directive at the top of the file.
</Banner>
### Configuring the Base Directory
### Component Paths
Component paths, by default, are relative to your working directory - this is usually where your Next.js config lies. To simplify component paths, you have the option to configure the *base directory* using the `admin.baseDir.baseDir` property:
In order to ensure the Payload Config is fully Node.js compatible and as lightweight as possible, components are not directly imported into your config. Instead, they are identified by their file path for the Admin Panel to resolve on its own.
Component Paths, by default, are relative to your project's base directory. This is either your current working directory, or the directory specified in `config.admin.baseDir`. To simplify Component Paths, you can also configure the base directory using the `admin.importMap.baseDir` property.
Components using named exports are identified either by appending `#` followed by the export name, or using the `exportName` property. If the component is the default export, this can be omitted.
In this example, we set the base directory to the `src` directory - thus we can omit the `/src/` part of our component path string.
In this example, we set the base directory to the `src` directory, and omit the `/src/` part of our component path string.
### Passing Props
### Config Options
Each React Component in the Payload Config is typed as `PayloadComponent`. This usually is a string, but can also be an object containing the following properties:
While Custom Components are usually defined as a string, you can also pass in an object with additional options:
| `clientProps` | Props to be passed to the React Component if it's a Client Component |
| `exportName` | Instead of declaring named exports using `#` in the component path, you can also omit them from `path` and pass them in here. |
| `path` | Path to the React Component. Named exports can be appended to the end of the path, separated by a `#` |
| `serverProps` | Props to be passed to the React Component if it's a Server Component |
To pass in props from the config, you can use the `clientProps` and/or `serverProps` properties. This alleviates the need to use an HOC (Higher-Order-Component) to declare a React Component with props passed in.
It's essential to understand how `PayloadComponent` paths function behind the scenes. Directly importing React Components into your Payload Config using import statements can introduce client-only modules like CSS into your server-only config. This could error when attempting to load the Payload Config in server-only environments and unnecessarily increase the size of the Payload Config, which should remain streamlined and efficient for server use.
| **`clientProps`** | Props to be passed to the Custom Components if it's a Client Component. [More details](#custom-props). |
| **`exportName`** | Instead of declaring named exports using `#` in the component path, you can also omit them from `path` and pass them in here. |
| **`path`** | File path to the Custom Component. Named exports can be appended to the end of the path, separated by a `#`. |
| **`serverProps`** | Props to be passed to the Custom Component if it's a Server Component. [More details](#custom-props). |
Instead, we utilize component paths to reference React Components. This method enhances the Payload Config with actual React Component imports on the client side, without affecting server-side usage. A script is deployed to scan the Payload Config, collecting all component paths and creating an `importMap.js`. This file, located in app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js, must be statically imported by your Next.js root page and layout. The script imports all the React Components from the specified paths into a Map, associating them with their respective paths (the ones you defined).
For more details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](#building-custom-components).
When constructing the `ClientConfig`, Payload uses the component paths as keys to fetch the corresponding React Component imports from the Import Map. It then substitutes the `PayloadComponent` with a `MappedComponent`. A `MappedComponent` includes the React Component and additional metadata, such as whether it's a server or a client component and which props it should receive. These components are then rendered through the `<RenderComponent />` component within the Payload Admin Panel.
### Import Map
Import maps are regenerated whenever you modify any element related to componentpaths. This regeneration occurs at startup and whenever Hot Module Replacement (HMR) runs. If the import maps fail to regenerate during HMR, you can restart your application and execute the `payload generate:importmap` command to manually create a new import map. If you encounter any errors running this command, see the [Troubleshooting](../local-api/outside-nextjs#troubleshooting) section.
In order for Payload to make use of [Component Paths](#component-paths), an "Import Map" is automatically generated at `app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js`. This file contains every Custom Component in your config, keyed to their respective paths. When Payload needs to lookup a component, it uses this file to find the correct import.
### Component paths in external packages
The Import Map is automatically regenerated at startup and whenever Hot Module Replacement (HMR) runs, or you can run `payload generate:importmap` to manually regenerate it.
Component paths are resolved relative to your project's base directory, which is either your current working directory or the directory specified in `config.admin.baseDir`. When using custom components from external packages, you can't use relative paths. Instead, use an import path that's accessible as if you were writing an import statement in your project's base directory.
#### Custom Imports
For example, to export a field with a custom component from an external package named `my-external-package`:
If needed, custom items can be appended onto the Import Map. This is mostly only relevant for plugin authors who need to add a custom import that is not referenced in a known location.
To add a custom import to the Import Map, use the `admin.dependencies` property in your [Payload Config](../getting-started/overview):
Despite `MyFieldComponent` living in `src/components/MyFieldComponent.tsx` in `my-external-package`, this will not be accessible from the consuming project. Instead, we recommend exporting all custom components from one file in the external package. For example, you can define a `src/client.ts file in `my-external-package`:
```ts
'use client'
export { MyFieldComponent } from './components/MyFieldComponent'
```
Then, update the package.json of `my-external-package:
```json
{
...
"exports": {
"./client": {
"import": "./dist/client.js",
"types": "./dist/client.d.ts",
"default": "./dist/client.js"
}
}
}
```
This setup allows you to specify the component path as `my-external-package/client#MyFieldComponent` as seen above. The import map will generate:
```ts
import { MyFieldComponent } from 'my-external-package/client'
```
which is a valid way to access MyFieldComponent that can be resolved by the consuming project.
### Custom Components from unknown locations
By default, any component paths from known locations are added to the import map. However, if you need to add any components from unknown locations to the import map, you can do so by adding them to the `admin.dependencies` array in your Payload Config. This is mostly only relevant for plugin authors and not for regular Payload users.
Example:
```ts
export default {
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// ...
@@ -220,24 +149,317 @@ export default {
}
```
This way, `TestComponent` is added to the import map, no matter if it's referenced in a known location or not. On the client, you can then use the component like this:
## Building Custom Components
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api/overview) directly on the front-end, among other things.
### Default Props
To make building Custom Components as easy as possible, Payload automatically provides common props, such as the [`payload`](../local-api/overview) class and the [`i18n`](../configuration/i18n) object. This means that when building Custom Components within the Admin Panel, you do not have to get these yourself.
Here is an example:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
const MyServerComponent = async ({
payload // highlight-line
}) => {
const page = await payload.findByID({
collection: 'pages',
id: '123',
})
return (
<p>{page.title}</p>
)
}
```
Each Custom Component receives the following props by default:
| `payload` | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class. |
| `i18n` | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object. |
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
All Custom Components also receive various other props that are specific component being rendered. See [Root Components](#root-components), [Collection Components](./collections#custom-components), [Global Components](./globals#custom-components), or [Field Components](./fields#custom-components) for a complete list of all default props per component.
</Banner>
### Custom Props
To pass in custom props from the config, you can use either the `clientProps` or `serverProps` properties depending on whether your prop is [serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types), and whether your component is a Server or Client Component.
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: { // highlight-line
components: {
logout: {
Button: {
path: '/src/components/Logout#MyComponent',
clientProps: {
myCustomProp: 'Hello, World!' // highlight-line
},
}
}
}
},
})
```
```tsx
'use client'
import { RenderComponent, useConfig } from '@payloadcms/ui'
When [Building Custom Components](#building-custom-components), it's still possible to use client-side code such as `useState` or the `window` object. To do this, simply add the `use client` directive at the top of your file. Payload will automatically detect and remove all default, [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) before rendering your component.
Client Components cannot be passed [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types). If you are rendering your Client Component _from within_ a Server Component, ensure that its props are serializable.
</Banner>
### Accessing the Payload Config
From any Server Component, the [Payload Config](../configuration/overview) can be accessed directly from the `payload` prop:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
export default async function MyServerComponent({
payload: {
config // highlight-line
}
}) {
return (
<Link href={config.serverURL}>
Go Home
</Link>
)
}
```
But, the Payload Config is [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) by design. It is full of custom validation functions, React components, etc. This means that the Payload Config, in its entirety, cannot be passed directly to Client Components.
For this reason, Payload creates a Client Config and passes it into the Config Provider. This is a serializable version of the Payload Config that can be accessed from any Client Component via the [`useConfig`](./hooks#useconfig) hook:
All Custom Components can support multiple languages to be consistent with Payload's [Internationalization](../configuration/i18n). To do this, first add your translation resources to the [I18n Config](../configuration/i18n).
From any Server Component, you can translate resources using the `getTranslation` function from `@payloadcms/translations`. All Server Components automatically receive the `i18n` object as a prop by default.
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { getTranslation } from '@payloadcms/translations'
export default async function MyServerComponent({ i18n }) {
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Getting the Current Locale
All [Custom Views](./views) can support multiple locales to be consistent with Payload's [Localization](../configuration/localization). They automatically receive the `locale` object as a prop by default. This can be used to scope API requests, etc.:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
export default async function MyServerComponent({ payload, locale }) {
const localizedPage = await payload.findByID({
collection: 'pages',
id: '123',
locale,
})
return (
<p>{localizedPage.title}</p>
)
}
```
The best way to do this within a Client Component is to import the `useLocale` hook from `@payloadcms/ui`:
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { useLocale } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
const locale = useLocale() // highlight-line
const trans = {
en: 'Hello',
es: 'Hola',
}
return (
<span>{trans[locale.code]}</span>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Using Hooks
To make it easier to [build your Custom Components](#building-custom-components), you can use [Payload's built-in React Hooks](./hooks) in any Client Component. For example, you might want to interact with one of Payload's many React Contexts. To do this, you can one of the many hooks available depending on your needs.
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Adding Styles
Payload has a robust [CSS Library](./customizing-css) that you can use to style your Custom Components similarly to Payload's built-in styling. This will ensure that your Custom Components match the existing design system, and so that they automatically adapt to any theme changes that might occur.
To apply custom styles, simply import your own `.css` or `.scss` file into your Custom Component:
```tsx
import './index.scss'
export const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
return (
<div className="my-component">
My Custom Component
</div>
)
}
```
Then to colorize your Custom Component's background, for example, you can use the following CSS:
```scss
.my-component {
background-color: var(--theme-elevation-500);
}
```
Payload also exports its [SCSS](https://sass-lang.com) library for reuse which includes mixins, etc. To use this, simply import it as follows into your `.scss` file:
```scss
@import '~@payloadcms/ui/scss';
.my-component {
@include mid-break {
background-color: var(--theme-elevation-900);
}
}
```
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
You can also drill into Payload's own component styles, or easily apply global, app-wide CSS. More on that [here](./customizing-css).
</Banner>
## Root Components
Root Components are those that effect the [Admin Panel](./overview) generally, such as the logo or the main nav.
@@ -281,8 +503,8 @@ The following options are available:
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
You can also use set [Collection Components](./collections#components) and [Global Components](./globals#components) in their respective configs.
**Note:**
You can also use set [Collection Components](./collections#custom-components) and [Global Components](./globals#custom-components) in their respective configs.
<strong>Reminder:</strong> Custom Providers are by definition Client Components. This means they must include the `use client` directive at the top of their files and cannot use server-only code.
</Banner>
## Building Custom Components
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default, with the exception of [Custom Providers](#custom-providers). This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api) directly on the front-end, among other things.
To make building Custom Components as easy as possible, Payload automatically provides common props, such as the [`payload`](../local-api/overview) class and the [`i18n`](../configuration/i18n) object. This means that when building Custom Components within the Admin Panel, you do not have to get these yourself.
Here is an example:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
const MyServerComponent = async ({
payload // highlight-line
}) => {
const page = await payload.findByID({
collection: 'pages',
id: '123',
})
return (
<p>{page.title}</p>
)
}
```
Each Custom Component receives the following props by default:
| `payload` | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class. |
| `i18n` | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object. |
Custom Components also receive various other props that are specific to the context in which the Custom Component is being rendered. For example, [Custom Views](./views) receive the `user` prop. For a full list of available props, consult the documentation related to the specific component you are working with.
<Banner type="success">
See [Root Components](#root-components), [Collection Components](#collection-components), [Global Components](#global-components), or [Field Components](#custom-field-components) for a complete list of all available components.
</Banner>
### Client Components
When [Building Custom Components](#building-custom-components), it's still possible to use client-side code such as `useState` or the `window` object. To do this, simply add the `use client` directive at the top of your file. Payload will automatically detect and remove all default, [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) before rendering your component.
Client Components cannot be passed [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types). If you are rendering your Client Component _from within_ a Server Component, ensure that its props are serializable.
</Banner>
### Accessing the Payload Config
From any Server Component, the [Payload Config](../configuration/overview) can be accessed directly from the `payload` prop:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
export default async function MyServerComponent({
payload: {
config // highlight-line
}
}) {
return (
<Link href={config.serverURL}>
Go Home
</Link>
)
}
```
But, the Payload Config is [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) by design. It is full of custom validation functions, React components, etc. This means that the Payload Config, in its entirety, cannot be passed directly to Client Components.
For this reason, Payload creates a Client Config and passes it into the Config Provider. This is a serializable version of the Payload Config that can be accessed from any Client Component via the [`useConfig`](./hooks#useconfig) hook:
To make it easier to [build your Custom Components](#building-custom-components), you can use [Payload's built-in React Hooks](./hooks) in any Client Component. For example, you might want to interact with one of Payload's many React Contexts:
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Getting the Current Language
All Custom Components can support multiple languages to be consistent with Payload's [Internationalization](../configuration/i18n). To do this, first add your translation resources to the [I18n Config](../configuration/i18n).
From any Server Component, you can translate resources using the `getTranslation` function from `@payloadcms/translations`. All Server Components automatically receive the `i18n` object as a prop by default.
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { getTranslation } from '@payloadcms/translations'
export default async function MyServerComponent({ i18n }) {
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Getting the Current Locale
All [Custom Views](./views) can support multiple locales to be consistent with Payload's [Localization](../configuration/localization). They automatically receive the `locale` object as a prop by default. This can be used to scope API requests, etc.:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
export default async function MyServerComponent({ payload, locale }) {
const localizedPage = await payload.findByID({
collection: 'pages',
id: '123',
locale,
})
return (
<p>{localizedPage.title}</p>
)
}
```
The best way to do this within a Client Component is to import the `useLocale` hook from `@payloadcms/ui`:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { useLocale } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
const locale = useLocale() // highlight-line
const trans = {
en: 'Hello',
es: 'Hola',
}
return (
<span>{trans[locale.code]}</span>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Styling Custom Components
Payload has a robust [CSS Library](./customizing-css) that you can use to style your Custom Components similarly to Payload's built-in styling. This will ensure that your Custom Components match the existing design system, and so that they automatically adapt to any theme changes that might occur.
To apply custom styles, simply import your own `.css` or `.scss` file into your Custom Component:
```tsx
import './index.scss'
export const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
return (
<div className="my-component">
My Custom Component
</div>
)
}
```
Then to colorize your Custom Component's background, for example, you can use the following CSS:
```scss
.my-component {
background-color: var(--theme-elevation-500);
}
```
Payload also exports its [SCSS](https://sass-lang.com) library for reuse which includes mixins, etc. To use this, simply import it as follows into your `.scss` file:
```scss
@import '~payload/scss';
.my-component {
@include mid-break {
background-color: var(--theme-elevation-900);
}
}
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
You can also drill into Payload's own component styles, or easily apply global, app-wide CSS. More on that [here](./customizing-css).
**Reminder:**React Context exists only within Client Components. This means they must include the `use client` directive at the top of their files and cannot contain server-only code. To use a Server Component here, simply _wrap_ your Client Component with it.
Customizing the Payload [Admin Panel](./overview) through CSS alone is one of the easiest and most powerful ways to customize the look and feel of the dashboard. To allow for this level of customization, Payload:
1. Exposes a [root-level stylesheet](#global-css) for you to easily to inject custom selectors
1. Exposes a [root-level stylesheet](#global-css) for you to inject custom selectors
1. Provides a [CSS library](#css-library) that can be easily overridden or extended
1. Uses [BEM naming conventions](http://getbem.com) so that class names are globally accessible
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ Here is an example of how you might target the Dashboard View and change the bac
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
If you are building [Custom Components](./overview), it is best to import your own stylesheets directly into your components, rather than using the global stylesheet. You can continue to use the [CSS library](#css-library) as needed.
**Note:**
If you are building [Custom Components](./components), it is best to import your own stylesheets directly into your components, rather than using the global stylesheet. You can continue to use the [CSS library](#css-library) as needed.
</Banner>
### Specificity rules
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ You can also override Payload's built-in [CSS Variables](https://developer.mozil
The following variables are defined and can be overridden:
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The following variables are defined and can be overridden:
For an up-to-date, comprehensive list of all available variables, please refer to the [Source Code](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/ui/src/scss).
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Warning:</strong>
**Warning:**
If you're overriding colors or theme elevations, make sure to consider how [your changes will affect dark mode](#dark-mode).
[Fields](../fields/overview) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be endlessly customized in their appearance and behavior without affecting their underlying data structure. Fields are designed to withstand heavy modification or even complete replacement through the use of [Custom Field Components](#field-components), [Conditional Logic](#conditional-logic), [Custom Validations](../fields/overview#validation), and more.
[Fields](../fields/overview) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be endlessly customized in their appearance and behavior without affecting their underlying data structure. Fields are designed to withstand heavy modification or even complete replacement through the use of [Custom Field Components](#custom-components), [Conditional Logic](#conditional-logic), [Custom Validations](../fields/overview#validation), and more.
For example, your app might need to render a specific interface that Payload does not inherently support, such as a color picker. To do this, you could replace the default [Text Field](../fields/text) input with your own user-friendly component that formats the data into a valid color value.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
Don't see a built-in field type that you need? Build it! Using a combination of [Field Validations](../fields/overview#validation)
and [Custom Components](./components), you can override the entirety of how a component functions within the [Admin Panel](./overview) to effectively create your own field type.
</Banner>
@@ -50,341 +50,13 @@ The following options are available:
| **`style`** | [CSS Properties](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS) to inject into the root element of the field. |
| **`className`** | Attach a [CSS class attribute](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Class_selectors) to the root DOM element of a field. |
| **`readOnly`** | Setting a field to `readOnly` has no effect on the API whatsoever but disables the admin component's editability to prevent editors from modifying the field's value. |
| **`disabled`** | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). |
| **`disabled`** | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) entirely. |
| **`disableBulkEdit`** | Set `disableBulkEdit` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the select options when making edits for multiple documents. Defaults to `true` for UI fields. |
| **`disableListColumn`** | Set `disableListColumn` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view column selector. |
| **`disableListFilter`** | Set `disableListFilter` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view filter options. |
| **`hidden`** | Will transform the field into a `hidden` input type. Its value will still submit with requests in the Admin Panel, but the field itself will not be visible to editors. |
## Field Components
Within the [Admin Panel](./overview), fields are rendered in three distinct places:
- [Field](#the-field-component) - The actual form field rendered in the Edit View.
- [Cell](#the-cell-component) - The table cell component rendered in the List View.
- [Filter](#the-filter-component) - The filter component rendered in the List View.
To easily swap in Field Components with your own, use the `admin.components` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`Field`** | The form field rendered of the Edit View. [More details](#the-field-component). |
| **`Cell`** | The table cell rendered of the List View. [More details](#the-cell-component). |
| **`Filter`** | The filter component rendered in the List View. [More details](#the-filter-component). || Component | Description |
| **`Label`** | Override the default Label of the Field Component. [More details](#the-label-component). |
| **`Error`** | Override the default Error of the Field Component. [More details](#the-error-component). |
| **`Description`** | Override the default Description of the Field Component. [More details](#the-description-component). |
| **`beforeInput`** | An array of elements that will be added before the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput).|
| **`afterInput`** | An array of elements that will be added after the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput). |
_\* **`beforeInput`** and **`afterInput`** are only supported in fields that do not contain other fields, such as [`Text`](../fields/text), and [`Textarea`](../fields/textarea)._
### The Field Component
The Field Component is the actual form field rendered in the Edit View. This is the input that user's will interact with when editing a document.
To easily swap in your own Field Component, use the `admin.components.Field` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components)._
<Banner type="warning">
Instead of replacing the entire Field Component, you can alternately replace or slot-in only specific parts by using the [`Label`](#the-label-component), [`Error`](#the-error-component), [`beforeInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput), and [`afterInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput) properties.
| **`docPreferences`** | An object that contains the [Preferences](./preferences) for the document.
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`locale`** | The locale of the field. [More details](../configuration/localization). |
| **`readOnly`** | A boolean value that represents if the field is read-only or not. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`validate`** | A function that can be used to validate the field. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
#### Sending and receiving values from the form
When swapping out the `Field` component, you are responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` from the form itself.
To do so, import the [`useField`](./hooks#usefield) hook from `@payloadcms/ui` and use it to manage the field's value:
For a complete list of all available React hooks, see the [Payload React Hooks](./hooks) documentation. For additional help, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Field Components, you can import the component type to ensure type safety. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and for every client/server environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldClientComponent,
TextFieldServerComponent,
TextFieldClientProps,
TextFieldServerProps,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### The `field` Prop
All Field Components are passed their own Field Config through a common `field` prop. Within Server Components, this is the original Field Config as written within your Payload Config. Within Client Components, however, this is a "Client Config", which is a sanitized, client-friendly version of the Field Config. This is because the original Field Config is [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types), meaning it cannot be passed into Client Components without first being transformed.
The Client Field Config is an exact copy of the original Field Config, minus all non-serializable properties, plus all evaluated functions such as field labels, [Custom Components](../components), etc.
Server Component:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import type { TextFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
| **`_isPresentational`** | A boolean indicating that the field is purely visual and does not directly affect data or change data shape, i.e. the [UI Field](../fields/ui). |
| **`_path`** | A string representing the direct, dynamic path to the field at runtime, i.e. `myGroup.myArray[0].myField`. |
| **`_schemaPath`** | A string representing the direct, static path to the [Field Config](../fields/overview), i.e. `myGroup.myArray.myField` |
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Note:</strong>
These properties are underscored to denote that they are not part of the original Field Config, and instead are attached during client sanitization to make fields easier to work with on the front-end.
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Field Components, you can import the client field props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldClientComponent,
TextFieldServerComponent,
TextFieldClientProps,
TextFieldServerProps,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### The Cell Component
The Cell Component is rendered in the table of the List View. It represents the value of the field when displayed in a table cell.
To easily swap in your own Cell Component, use the `admin.components.Cell` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`link`** | A boolean representing whether this cell should be wrapped in a link. |
| **`onClick`** | A function that is called when the cell is clicked. |
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
Use the [`useTableCell`](./hooks#usetablecell) hook to subscribe to the field's `cellData` and `rowData`.
</Banner>
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
### The Label Component
The Label Component is rendered anywhere a field needs to be represented by a label. This is typically used in the Edit View, but can also be used in the List View and elsewhere.
To easily swap in your own Label Component, use the `admin.components.Label` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Label Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Label Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `LabelServerComponent` or `LabelClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldLabelClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldLabelServerComponent,
TextFieldLabelClientComponent,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### The Error Component
The Error Component is rendered when a field fails validation. It is typically displayed beneath the field input in a visually-compelling style.
To easily swap in your own Error Component, use the `admin.components.Error` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Error Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Error Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `ErrorServerComponent` or `ErrorClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldErrorClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldErrorServerComponent,
TextFieldErrorClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### The Description Property
## Field Descriptions
Field Descriptions are used to provide additional information to the editor about a field, such as special instructions. Their placement varies from field to field, but typically are displayed with subtle style differences beneath the field inputs.
@@ -392,9 +64,9 @@ A description can be configured in three ways:
- As a string.
- As a function which returns a string. [More details](#description-functions).
- As a React component. [More details](#the-description-component).
- As a React component. [More details](#description).
To easily add a Custom Description to a field, use the `admin.description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
To add a Custom Description to a field, use the `admin.description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
To replace the Field Description with a [Custom Component](./components), use the `admin.components.Description` property. [More details](#the-description-component).
**Reminder:**
To replace the Field Description with a [Custom Component](./components), use the `admin.components.Description` property. [More details](#description).
</Banner>
#### Description Functions
Custom Descriptions can also be defined as a function. Description Functions are executed on the server and can be used to format simple descriptions based on the user's current [Locale](../configuration/localization).
To easily add a Description Function to a field, set the `admin.description` property to a _function_ in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
To add a Description Function to a field, set the `admin.description` property to a _function_ in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -449,89 +121,11 @@ All Description Functions receive the following arguments:
| **`t`** | The `t` function used to internationalize the Admin Panel. [More details](../configuration/i18n) |
### The Description Component
Alternatively to the [Description Property](#the-description-property), you can also use a [Custom Component](./components) as the Field Description. This can be useful when you need to provide more complex feedback to the user, such as rendering dynamic field values or other interactive elements.
To easily add a Description Component to a field, use the `admin.components.Description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
<Banner type="info">
**Note:**
If you need to subscribe to live updates within your form, use a Description Component instead. [More details](#description).
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Description Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Description Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DescriptionServerComponent` or `DescriptionClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldDescriptionServerComponent,
TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### afterInput and beforeInput
With these properties you can add multiple components _before_ and _after_ the input element, as their name suggests. This is useful when you need to render additional elements alongside the field without replacing the entire field component.
To add components before and after the input element, use the `admin.components.beforeInput` and `admin.components.afterInput` properties in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components)._
## Conditional Logic
You can show and hide fields based on what other fields are doing by utilizing conditional logic on a field by field basis. The `condition` property on a field's admin config accepts a function which takes three arguments:
@@ -570,3 +164,346 @@ The `condition` function should return a boolean that will control if the field
]
}
```
## Custom Components
Within the [Admin Panel](./overview), fields are represented in three distinct places:
- [Field](#field) - The actual form field rendered in the Edit View.
- [Cell](#cell) - The table cell component rendered in the List View.
- [Filter](#filter) - The filter component rendered in the List View.
To swap in Field Components with your own, use the `admin.components` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components)._
<Banner type="warning">
Instead of replacing the entire Field Component, you can alternately replace or slot-in only specific parts by using the [`Label`](#label), [`Error`](#error), [`beforeInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput), and [`afterInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput) properties.
</Banner>
#### Default Props
All Field Components receive the following props by default:
| **`docPreferences`** | An object that contains the [Preferences](./preferences) for the document.
| **`field`** | In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. Server Components will also receive the sanitized field config through the`clientField` prop (see below). |
| **`locale`** | The locale of the field. [More details](../configuration/localization). |
| **`readOnly`** | A boolean value that represents if the field is read-only or not. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`validate`** | A function that can be used to validate the field. |
| **`path`** | A string representing the direct, dynamic path to the field at runtime, i.e. `myGroup.myArray.0.myField`. |
| **`schemaPath`** | A string representing the direct, static path to the [Field Config](../fields/overview), i.e. `posts.myGroup.myArray.myField`. |
| **`indexPath`** | A hyphen-notated string representing the path to the field _within the nearest named ancestor field_, i.e. `0-0` |
In addition to the above props, all Server Components will also receive the following props:
For a complete list of all available React hooks, see the [Payload React Hooks](./hooks) documentation. For additional help, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Field Components, you can import the client field props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldClientComponent,
TextFieldServerComponent,
TextFieldClientProps,
TextFieldServerProps,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### Cell
The Cell Component is rendered in the table of the List View. It represents the value of the field when displayed in a table cell.
To swap in your own Cell Component, use the `admin.components.Cell` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`link`** | A boolean representing whether this cell should be wrapped in a link. |
| **`onClick`** | A function that is called when the cell is clicked. |
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
### Filter
The Filter Component is the actual input element rendered within the "Filter By" dropdown of the List View used to represent this field when building filters.
To swap in your own Filter Component, use the `admin.components.Filter` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
All Custom Filter Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
### Label
The Label Component is rendered anywhere a field needs to be represented by a label. This is typically used in the Edit View, but can also be used in the List View and elsewhere.
To swap in your own Label Component, use the `admin.components.Label` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
All Custom Label Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Label Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Label Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `LabelServerComponent` or `LabelClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldLabelClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldLabelServerComponent,
TextFieldLabelClientComponent,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### Description
Alternatively to the [Description Property](#the-description-property), you can also use a [Custom Component](./components) as the Field Description. This can be useful when you need to provide more complex feedback to the user, such as rendering dynamic field values or other interactive elements.
To add a Description Component to a field, use the `admin.components.Description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
All Custom Description Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build a Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Description Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Description Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DescriptionServerComponent` or `DescriptionClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldDescriptionServerComponent,
TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### Error
The Error Component is rendered when a field fails validation. It is typically displayed beneath the field input in a visually-compelling style.
To swap in your own Error Component, use the `admin.components.Error` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
All Error Components receive the [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Error Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Error Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `ErrorServerComponent` or `ErrorClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldErrorClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldErrorServerComponent,
TextFieldErrorClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### afterInput and beforeInput
With these properties you can add multiple components _before_ and _after_ the input element, as their name suggests. This is useful when you need to render additional elements alongside the field without replacing the entire field component.
To add components before and after the input element, use the `admin.components.beforeInput` and `admin.components.afterInput` properties in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
| **`group`** | Text or localization object used to group Collection and Global links in the admin navigation. Set to `false` to hide the link from the navigation while keeping its routes accessible. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Global from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More details](#components). |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate a preview URL within the Admin Panel for this Global that can point to your app. [More details](#preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Global within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
### Components
### Custom Components
Globals can set their own [Custom Components](./components) which only apply to [Global](../configuration/globals)-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](./overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ The following options are available:
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
@@ -102,6 +102,6 @@ The preview function receives two arguments:
| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale` and `token` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
Payload provides a variety of powerful [React Hooks](https://react.dev/reference/react-dom/hooks) that can be used within your own [Custom Components](./components), such as [Custom Fields](./fields). With them, you can interface with Payload itself to build just about any type of complex customization you can think of.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
**Reminder:**
All Custom Components are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. Hooks, on the other hand, are only available in client-side environments. To use hooks, [ensure your component is a client component](./components#client-components).
</Banner>
@@ -21,10 +21,11 @@ To do so, import the `useField` hook as follows:
```tsx
'use client'
import type { TextFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
| `path` | If you do not provide a `path` or a `name`, this hook will look for one using the [`useFieldProps`](#usefieldprops) hook. |
| `path` | If you do not provide a `path`, `name` will be used instead. This is the path to the field in the form data. |
| `validate` | A validation function executed client-side _before_ submitting the form to the server. Different than [Field-level Validation](../fields/overview#validation) which runs strictly on the server. |
| `disableFormData` | If `true`, the field will not be included in the form data when the form is submitted. |
| `hasRows` | If `true`, the field will be treated as a field with rows. This is useful for fields like `array` and `blocks`. |
@@ -72,38 +73,12 @@ type FieldType<T> = {
}
```
## useFieldProps
[Custom Field Components](./fields#the-field-component) can be rendered on the server. When using a server component as a custom field component, you can access dynamic props from within any client component rendered by your custom server component. This is done using the `useFieldProps` hook. This is important because some fields can be dynamic, such as when nested in an [`array`](../fields/array) or [`blocks`](../fields/block) field. For example, items can be added, re-ordered, or deleted on-the-fly.
You can use the `useFieldProps` hooks to access dynamic props like `path`:
The [`useField`](#usefield) hook calls the `useFieldProps` hook internally, so you don't need to use both in the same component unless explicitly needed.
</Banner>
## useFormFields
There are times when a custom field component needs to have access to data from other fields, and you have a few options to do so. The `useFormFields` hook is a powerful and highly performant way to retrieve a form's field state, as well as to retrieve the `dispatchFields` method, which can be helpful for setting other fields' form states from anywhere within a form.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>This hook is great for retrieving only certain fields from form state</strong> because it
**This hook is great for retrieving only certain fields from form state** because it
ensures that it will only cause a rerender when the items that you ask for change.
</Banner>
@@ -175,15 +150,15 @@ You can send the following actions to the `dispatchFields` function.
| **`REPLACE_STATE`** | Completely replaces form state |
| **`UPDATE`** | Update any property of a specific field's state |
To see types for each action supported within the `dispatchFields` hook, check out the Form types [here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/admin/components/forms/Form/types.ts).
To see types for each action supported within the `dispatchFields` hook, check out the Form types [here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/ui/src/forms/Form/types.ts).
## useForm
The `useForm` hook can be used to interact with the form itself, and sends back many methods that can be used to reactively fetch form state without causing rerenders within your components each time a field is changed. This is useful if you have action-based callbacks that your components fire, and need to interact with form state _based on a user action_.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Warning:</strong>
<br />
**Warning:**
This hook is optimized to avoid causing rerenders when fields change, and as such, its `fields`
property will be out of date. You should only leverage this hook if you need to perform actions
against the form in response to your users' actions. Do not rely on its returned "fields" as being
@@ -201,7 +176,7 @@ The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties:
rows={[
[
{
value: <strong><code>fields</code></strong>,
value: "**`fields`**",
},
{
value: "Deprecated. This property cannot be relied on as up-to-date.",
@@ -212,7 +187,7 @@ The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties:
],
[
{
value: <strong><code>submit</code></strong>,
value: "**`submit`**",
},
{
value: "Method to trigger the form to submit",
@@ -223,7 +198,7 @@ The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties:
In any Custom Component you can get the selected locale object with the `useLocale` hook. `useLocale`gives you the full locale object, consisting of a `label`, `rtl`(right-to-left) property, and then `code`. Here is a simple example:
In any Custom Component you can get the selected locale object with the `useLocale` hook. `useLocale`gives you the full locale object, consisting of a `label`, `rtl`(right-to-left) property, and then `code`. Here is a simple example:
Similar to [`useFieldProps`](#usefieldprops), all [Custom Cell Components](./fields#the-cell-component) are rendered on the server, and as such, only have access to static props at render time. But, some props need to be dynamic, such as the field value itself.
For this reason, dynamic props like `cellData` are managed in their own React context, which can be accessed using the `useTableCell` hook.
The `useDocumentEvents` hook provides a way of subscribing to cross-document events, such as updates made to nested documents within a drawer. This hook will report document events that are outside the scope of the document currently being edited. This hook provides the following:
@@ -12,21 +12,21 @@ The lock is automatically triggered when a user begins editing a document within
## How it works
When a user starts editing a document, Payload locks the document for that user. If another user tries to access the same document, they will be notified that it is currently being edited and can choose one of the following options:
When a user starts editing a document, Payload locks it for that user. If another user attempts to access the same document, they will be notified that it is currently being edited. They can then choose one of the following options:
- View in Read-Only Mode: View the document without making any changes.
- Take Over Editing: Take over editing from the current user, which locks the document for the new editor and notifies the original user.
- View in Read-Only: View the document without the ability to make any changes.
- Take Over: Take over editing from the current user, which locks the document for the new editor and notifies the original user.
- Return to Dashboard: Navigate away from the locked document and continue with other tasks.
The lock will automatically expire after a set period of inactivity, configurable using the duration property in the lockDocuments configuration, after which others can resume editing.
The lock will automatically expire after a set period of inactivity, configurable using the `duration` property in the `lockDocuments` configuration, after which others can resume editing.
<Banner type="info"> <strong>Note:</strong> If your application does not require document locking, you can disable this feature for any collection by setting the <code>lockDocuments</code> property to <code>false</code>. </Banner>
<Banner type="info"> **Note:** If your application does not require document locking, you can disable this feature for any collection or global by setting the `lockDocuments` property to `false`. </Banner>
### Config Options
The lockDocuments property exists on both the Collection Config and the Global Config. By default, document locking is enabled for all collections and globals, but you can customize the lock duration or disable the feature entirely.
The `lockDocuments` property exists on both the Collection Config and the Global Config. Document locking is enabled by default, but you can customize the lock duration or turn off the feature for any collection or global.
Here’s an example configuration for document locking:
Here's an example configuration for document locking:
Document locking affects both the Local API and the REST API, ensuring that if a document is locked, concurrent users will not be able to perform updates or deletes on that document (including globals). If a user attempts to update or delete a locked document, they will receive an error.
Document locking affects both the Local and REST APIs, ensuring that if a document is locked, concurrent users will not be able to perform updates or deletes on that document (including globals). If a user attempts to update or delete a locked document, they will receive an error.
Once the document is unlocked or the lock duration has expired, other users can proceed with updates or deletes as normal.
#### Overriding Locks
For operations like update and delete, Payload includes an `overrideLock` option. This boolean flag, when set to `false`, enforces document locks, ensuring that the operation will not proceed if another user currently holds the lock.
For operations like `update` and `delete`, Payload includes an `overrideLock` option. This boolean flag, when set to `false`, enforces document locks, ensuring that the operation will not proceed if another user currently holds the lock.
By default, `overrideLock` is set to `true`, which means that document locks are ignored, and the operation will proceed even if the document is locked. To enforce locks and prevent updates or deletes on locked documents, set `overrideLock: false`.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ To customize Root Metadata, use the `admin.meta` key in your Payload Config:
{
rel: 'icon',
type: 'image/png',
href: '/favicon.png',
url: '/favicon.png',
},
],
},
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following options are available for Root Metadata:
| **`titleSuffix`** | `string` | A suffix to append to the end of the title of every page. Defaults to "- Payload". |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
**Reminder:**
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Metadata](./collections), [Global Metadata](./globals), and [Document Metadata](./documents) in their respective configs.
</Banner>
@@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ To customize icons, use the `icons` key within the `admin.meta` object in your P
{
rel: 'icon',
type: 'image/png',
href: '/favicon.png',
url: '/favicon.png',
},
{
rel: 'apple-touch-icon',
type: 'image/png',
href: '/apple-touch-icon.png',
url: '/apple-touch-icon.png',
},
],
},
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ The following options are available for Open Graph Metadata:
| Key | Type | Description |
| --- | --- | --- |
| **`description`** | `string` | The description of the Admin Panel. |
| **`images`** | `OGImageConfig | OGImageConfig[]` | An array of image objects. |
| **`images`** | `OGImageConfig` or `OGImageConfig[]` | An array of image objects. |
| **`siteName`** | `string` | The name of the site. |
| **`title`** | `string` | The title of the Admin Panel. |
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ As shown above, all Payload routes are nested within the `(payload)` route group
The `admin` directory contains all the _pages_ related to the interface itself, whereas the `api` and `graphql` directories contains all the _routes_ related to the [REST API](../rest-api/overview) and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview). All admin routes are [easily configurable](#customizing-routes) to meet your application's exact requirements.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
If you don't use the [REST API](../rest/overview) or [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview), you can delete the [Next.js files corresponding to those routes](../admin/overview#project-structure), however, the overhead of this API is completely constrained to these endpoints, and will not slow down or affect Payload outside of the endpoints.
| **`avatar`** | Set account profile picture. Options: `gravatar`, `default` or a custom React component. |
| **`autoLogin`** | Used to automate log-in for dev and demonstration convenience. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`buildPath`** | Specify an absolute path for where to store the built Admin bundle used in production. Defaults to `path.resolve(process.cwd(), 'build')`. |
| **`components`** | Component overrides that affect the entirety of the Admin Panel. [More details](./components). |
| **`custom`** | Any custom properties you wish to pass to the Admin Panel. |
| **`dateFormat`** | The date format that will be used for all dates within the Admin Panel. Any valid [date-fns](https://date-fns.org/) format pattern can be used. |
| **`disable`** | If set to `true`, the entire Admin Panel will be disabled. |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`meta`** | Base metadata to use for the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`routes`** | Replace built-in Admin Panel routes with your own custom routes. [More details](#customizing-routes). |
| **`theme`** | Restrict the Admin Panel theme to use only one of your choice. Default is `all`.
| **`user`** | The `slug` of the Collection that you want to allow to login to the Admin Panel. [More details](#the-admin-user-collection). |
| **`avatar`** | Set account profile picture. Options: `gravatar`, `default` or a custom React component. |
| **`autoLogin`** | Used to automate log-in for dev and demonstration convenience. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`buildPath`** | Specify an absolute path for where to store the built Admin bundle used in production. Defaults to `path.resolve(process.cwd(), 'build')`. |
| **`components`** | Component overrides that affect the entirety of the Admin Panel. [More details](./components). |
| **`custom`** | Any custom properties you wish to pass to the Admin Panel. |
| **`dateFormat`** | The date format that will be used for all dates within the Admin Panel. Any valid [date-fns](https://date-fns.org/) format pattern can be used. |
| **`disable`** | If set to `true`, the entire Admin Panel will be disabled. |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`meta`** | Base metadata to use for the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`routes`** | Replace built-in Admin Panel routes with your own custom routes. [More details](#customizing-routes). |
| **`suppressHydrationWarning`** | If set to `true`, suppresses React hydration mismatch warnings during the hydration of the root `<html>` tag. Defaults to `false`. |
| **`theme`** | Restrict the Admin Panel theme to use only one of your choice. Default is `all`. |
| **`user`** | The `slug` of the Collection that you want to allow to login to the Admin Panel. [More details](#the-admin-user-collection). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
**Reminder:**
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Admin Options](./collections) and [Global Admin Options](./globals) through their respective `admin` keys.
</Banner>
@@ -122,8 +123,8 @@ const config = buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
<br />
**Important:**
The Admin Panel can only be used by a single auth-enabled Collection. To enable authentication for a Collection, simply set `auth: true` in the Collection's configuration. See [Authentication](../authentication/overview) for more information.
</Banner>
@@ -143,7 +144,7 @@ It is also possible to allow multiple user types into the Admin Panel with limit
- `super-admin` - full access to the Admin Panel to perform any action
- `editor` - limited access to the Admin Panel to only manage content
To do this, add a `roles` or similar field to your auth-enabled Collection, then use the `access.admin` property to grant or deny access based on the value of that field. See [Access Control](/docs/access-control/overview) for full details. For a complete, working example of role-based access control, check out the official [Auth Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/auth/payload).
To do this, add a `roles` or similar field to your auth-enabled Collection, then use the `access.admin` property to grant or deny access based on the value of that field. See [Access Control](/docs/access-control/overview) for full details. For a complete, working example of role-based access control, check out the official [Auth Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/auth).
## Customizing Routes
@@ -176,8 +177,8 @@ The following options are available:
| `graphQLPlayground` | `/graphql-playground` | The GraphQL Playground. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
You can easily add _new_ routes to the Admin Panel through [Custom Endpoints](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints) and [Custom Views](./views).
**Tip:**
You can easily add _new_ routes to the Admin Panel through [Custom Endpoints](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints) and [Custom Views](./views).
</Banner>
#### Customizing Root-level Routes
@@ -194,8 +195,8 @@ app/
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
If you set Root-level Routes _before_ auto-generating the Admin Panel, your [Project Structure](#project-structure) will already be set up correctly.
**Note:**
If you set Root-level Routes _before_ auto-generating the Admin Panel via `create-payload-app`, your [Project Structure](#project-structure) will already be set up correctly.
</Banner>
### Admin-level Routes
@@ -231,13 +232,13 @@ The following options are available:
| `unauthorized` | `/unauthorized` | The unauthorized page. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
You can also swap out entire _views_ out for your own, using the `admin.views` property of the Payload Config. See [Custom Views](./views) for more information.
</Banner>
## I18n
The Payload Admin Panel is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/beta/packages/translations). Languages are automatically detected based on the user's browser and used by the Admin Panel to display all text in that language. If no language was detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported, English will be chosen. Users can easily specify their language by selecting one from their account page. See [I18n](../configuration/i18n) for more information.
The Payload Admin Panel is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/translations). Languages are automatically detected based on the user's browser and used by the Admin Panel to display all text in that language. If no language was detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported, English will be chosen. Users can easily specify their language by selecting one from their account page. See [I18n](../configuration/i18n) for more information.
@@ -15,13 +15,13 @@ There are four types of views within the Admin Panel:
- [Global Views](#global-views)
- [Document Views](#document-views)
To swap in your own Custom Views, consult the list of available components. Determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-views) accordingly.
To swap in your own Custom View, first consult the list of available components, determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-views) accordingly.
## Root Views
Root Views are the main views of the [Admin Panel](./overview). These are views that are scoped directly under the `/admin` route, such as the Dashboard or Account views.
To easily swap Root Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-root-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your root [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
To swap Root Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-root-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your root [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
| **`Component`** \* | Pass in the component path that should be rendered when a user navigates to this route. |
| **`path`** \* | Any valid URL path or array of paths that [`path-to-regexp`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/path-to-regex) understands. |
| **`Component`** * | Pass in the component path that should be rendered when a user navigates to this route. |
| **`path`** * | Any valid URL path or array of paths that [`path-to-regexp`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/path-to-regex) understands. |
| **`exact`** | Boolean. When true, will only match if the path matches the `usePathname()` exactly. |
| **`strict`** | When true, a path that has a trailing slash will only match a `location.pathname` with a trailing slash. This has no effect when there are additional URL segments in the pathname. |
| **`sensitive`** | When true, will match if the path is case sensitive.
| **`sensitive`** | When true, will match if the path is case sensitive.|
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this view within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
The above example shows how to add a new [Root View](#root-views), but the pattern is the same for [Collection Views](#collection-views), [Global Views](#global-views), and [Document Views](#document-views). For help on how to build your own Custom Views, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views).
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
<br />
**Note:**
Routes are cascading, so unless explicitly given the `exact` property, they will
match on URLs that simply _start_ with the route's path. This is helpful when creating catch-all
routes in your application. Alternatively, define your nested route _before_ your parent
route.
</Banner>
<Banner type="warning">
**Custom views are public**
Custom views are public by default. If your view requires a user to be logged in or to have certain access rights, you should handle that within your view component yourself.
</Banner>
## Collection Views
Collection Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections` route, such as the Collection List and Document Edit views.
To easily swap out Collection Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To swap out Collection Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
The `root` property will replace the _entire_ Edit View, including the title, tabs, etc., _as well as all nested [Document Views](#document-views)_, such as the API, Live Preview, and Version views. To replace only the Edit View precisely, use the `edit.default` key instead.
</Banner>
@@ -184,7 +190,7 @@ The following options are available:
| **`list`** | The List View is used to show a list of documents for any given Collection. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
You can also add _new_ Collection Views to the config by adding a new key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. See [Adding New Views](#adding-new-views) for more information.
</Banner>
@@ -192,7 +198,7 @@ The following options are available:
Global Views are views that are scoped under the `/globals` route, such as the Document Edit View.
To easily swap out Global Views with your own or [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property in your [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To swap out Global Views with your own or [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
The `root` property will replace the _entire_ Edit View, including the title, tabs, etc., _as well as all nested [Document Views](#document-views)_, such as the API, Live Preview, and Version views. To replace only the Edit View precisely, use the `edit.default` key instead.
</Banner>
@@ -234,7 +240,7 @@ The following options are available:
| **`edit`** | The Edit View is used to edit a single document for any given Global. [More details](#document-views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
You can also add _new_ Global Views to the config by adding a new key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. See [Adding New Views](#adding-new-views) for more information.
</Banner>
@@ -242,7 +248,7 @@ The following options are available:
Document Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections/:collectionSlug/:id` or the `/globals/:globalSlug` route, such as the Edit View or the API View. All Document Views keep their overall structure across navigation changes, such as their title and tabs, and replace only the content below.
To easily swap out Document Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-document-views), use the `admin.components.views.Edit[key]` property in your [Collection Config](../collections/overview) or [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To swap out Document Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-document-views), use the `admin.components.views.Edit[key]` property in your [Collection Config](../collections/overview) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
If you need to replace the _entire_ Edit View, including _all_ nested Document Views, use the `root` key. See [Custom Collection Views](#collection-views) or [Custom Global Views](#global-views) for more information.
Your Custom Views will be provided with the following props:
| Prop | Description |
@@ -353,14 +361,15 @@ Your Custom Views will be provided with the following props:
| **`importMap`** | The import map object. |
| **`params`** | An object containing the [Dynamic Route Parameters](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/routing/dynamic-routes). |
| **`searchParams`** | An object containing the [Search Parameters](https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Learn/Common_questions/What_is_a_URL#parameters). |
| **`doc`** | The document being edited. Only available in Document Views. [More details](#document-views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
**Reminder:**
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive `payload` and `i18n` by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
It's up to you to secure your custom views. If your view requires a user to be logged in or to
have certain access rights, you should handle that within your view component yourself.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ For example, if you have a third-party service or external app that needs to be
1. Generate a non-expiring API key for that user to request with.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
<br/>
This is particularly useful as you can create a "user" that reflects an integration with a specific external service and assign a "role" or specific access only needed by that service/integration.
</Banner>
@@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ User API keys are encrypted within the database, meaning that if your database i
your API keys will not be.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
If you change your `PAYLOAD_SECRET`, you will need to regenerate your API keys.
<br />
The secret key is used to encrypt the API keys, so if you change the secret, existing API keys will
Payload offers the ability to [Authenticate](./overview) via HTTP-only cookies. These can be read from the responses of `login`, `logout`, `refresh`, and `me` auth operations.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
You can access the logged-in user from within [Access Control](../access-control/overview) and [Hooks](../hooks/overview) through the `req.user` argument. [More details](./token-data).
For more about including cookies in requests from your app to your Payload API, [read the MDN docs](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Fetch_API/Using_Fetch#Sending_a_request_with_credentials_included).
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
To make sure you have a Payload cookie set properly in your browser after logging in, you can use
the browsers Developer Tools > Application > Cookies > [your-domain-here]. The Developer tools
will still show HTTP-only cookies.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ For more about including cookies in requests from your app to your Payload API,
CSRF (cross-site request forgery) attacks are common and dangerous. By using an HTTP-only cookie, Payload removes many XSS vulnerabilities, however, CSRF attacks can still be possible.
For example, let's say you have a popular app `https://payload-finances.com` that allows users to manage finances, send and receive money. As Payload is using HTTP-only cookies, that means that browsers automatically will include cookies when sending requests to your domain - <strong>no matter what page created the request</strong>.
For example, let's say you have a popular app `https://payload-finances.com` that allows users to manage finances, send and receive money. As Payload is using HTTP-only cookies, that means that browsers automatically will include cookies when sending requests to your domain - **no matter what page created the request**.
So, if a user of `https://payload-finances.com` is logged in and is browsing around on the internet, they might stumble onto a page with malicious intent. Let's look at an example:
@@ -126,6 +126,6 @@ If you're configuring [cors](../production/preventing-abuse#cross-origin-resourc
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Good to know:</strong>
Setting up <code>secure: true</code> will not work if you're developing on <code>http://localhost</code> or any non-https domain. For local development you should conditionally set this to <code>false</code> based on the environment.
**Good to know:**
Setting up `secure: true` will not work if you're developing on `http://localhost` or any non-https domain. For local development you should conditionally set this to `false` based on the environment.
[Authentication](./overview) ties directly into the [Email](../email) functionality that Payload provides. This allows you to send emails to users for verification, password resets, and more. While Payload provides default email templates for these actions, you can customize them to fit your brand.
[Authentication](./overview) ties directly into the [Email](../email/overview) functionality that Payload provides. This allows you to send emails to users for verification, password resets, and more. While Payload provides default email templates for these actions, you can customize them to fit your brand.
| **`generateEmailHTML`** | Allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateEmailHTML). |
| **`generateEmailSubject`** | Allows for overriding the subject of the email that is sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateEmailSubject). |
| **`generateEmailHTML`** | Allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateemailhtml). |
| **`generateEmailSubject`** | Allows for overriding the subject of the email that is sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateemailsubject). |
| **`expiration`** | Configure how long password reset tokens remain valid, specified in milliseconds. |
| **`generateEmailHTML`** | Allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users attempting to reset their password. [More details](#generateEmailHTML). |
| **`generateEmailSubject`** | Allows for overriding the subject of the email that is sent to users attempting to reset their password. [More details](#generateEmailSubject). |
Payload offers the ability to [Authenticate](./overview) via JSON Web Tokens (JWT). These can be read from the responses of `login`, `logout`, `refresh`, and `me` auth operations.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
You can access the logged-in user from within [Access Control](../access-control/overview) and [Hooks](../hooks/overview) through the `req.user` argument. [More details](./token-data).
</Banner>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -269,11 +269,15 @@ const result = await payload.verifyEmail({
})
```
**Note:** the token you need to pass to the `verifyEmail` function is unique to verification and is not the same as the token that you can retrieve from the `forgotPassword` operation. It can be found on the user document, as a hidden `_verificationToken` field. If you'd like to retrieve this token, you can use the Local API's `find` or `findByID` methods, setting `showHiddenFields: true`.
**Note:** if you do not have a `config.serverURL` set, Payload will attempt to create one for you if the user was created via REST or GraphQL by looking at the incoming `req`. But this is not supported if you are creating the user via the Local API's `payload.create()` method. If this applies to you, and you do not have a `serverURL` set, you may want to override your `verify.generateEmailHTML` function to provide a full URL to link the user to a proper verification page.
## Unlock
If a user locks themselves out and you wish to deliberately unlock them, you can utilize the Unlock operation. The [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) features an Unlock control automatically for all collections that feature max login attempts, but you can programmatically unlock users as well by using the Unlock operation.
To restrict who is allowed to unlock users, you can utilize the [`unlock`](../access-control/overview#unlock) access control function.
To restrict who is allowed to unlock users, you can utilize the [`unlock`](../access-control/collections#unlock) access control function.
**Note:** if you do not have a `config.serverURL` set, Payload will attempt to create one for you if the `forgot-password` operation was triggered via REST or GraphQL by looking at the incoming `req`. But this is not supported if you are calling `payload.forgotPassword()` via the Local API. If you do not have a `serverURL` set, you may want to override your `auth.forgotPassword.generateEmailHTML` function to provide a full URL to link the user to a proper reset-password page.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
<br />
**Tip:**
You can stop the reset-password email from being sent via using the local API. This is helpful if
you need to create user accounts programmatically, but not set their password for them. This
effectively generates a reset password token which you can then use to send to a page you create,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Here are some common use cases of Authentication in your own applications:
When Authentication is enabled on a [Collection](../configuration/collections), Payload injects all necessary functionality to support the entire user flow. This includes all [auth-related operations](./operations) like account creation, logging in and out, and resetting passwords, all [auth-related emails](./email) like email verification and password reset, as well as any necessary UI to manage users from the Admin Panel.
To enable Authentication on a Collection, use the `auth` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collection#auth):
To enable Authentication on a Collection, use the `auth` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections#config-options):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ _Admin Panel screenshot depicting an Admins Collection with Auth enabled_
Any [Collection](../configuration/collections) can opt-in to supporting Authentication. Once enabled, each Document that is created within the Collection can be thought of as a "user". This enables a complete authentication workflow on your Collection, such as logging in and out, resetting their password, and more.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
By default, Payload provides an auth-enabled `User` Collection which is used to access the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection).
For default auth behavior, set `auth: true`. This is a good starting point for most applications.
</Banner>
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
Auth-enabled Collections with be automatically injected with the `hash`, `salt`, and `email` fields. [More details](../fields/overview#field-names).
</Banner>
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The following options are available:
| **`loginWithUsername`** | Ability to allow users to login with username/password. [More](/docs/authentication/overview#login-with-username) |
| **`maxLoginAttempts`** | Only allow a user to attempt logging in X amount of times. Automatically locks out a user from authenticating if this limit is passed. Set to `0` to disable. |
| **`removeTokenFromResponses`** | Set to true if you want to remove the token from the returned authentication API responses such as login or refresh. |
| **`strategies`** | Advanced - an array of custom authentification strategies to extend this collection's authentication with. [More details](./custom-strategies). |
| **`strategies`** | Advanced - an array of custom authentication strategies to extend this collection's authentication with. [More details](./custom-strategies). |
| **`tokenExpiration`** | How long (in seconds) to keep the user logged in. JWTs and HTTP-only cookies will both expire at the same time. |
| **`useAPIKey`** | Payload Authentication provides for API keys to be set on each user within an Authentication-enabled Collection. [More details](./api-keys). |
| **`verify`** | Set to `true` or pass an object with verification options to require users to verify by email before they are allowed to log into your app. [More details](./email#email-verification). |
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Warning:</strong>
**Warning:**
The recommended way to use this feature is behind an [Environment Variable](../configuration/environment-vars). This will ensure it is _disabled_ in production.
</Banner>
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Each of these strategies can work together or independently. You can also create
### HTTP-Only Cookies
[HTTP-only cookies](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Cookies) are a highly secure method of storing identifiable data on a user's device so that Payload can automatically recognize a returning user until their cookie expires. They are totally protected from common XSS attacks and <strong>cannot be read by JavaScript in the browser</strong>, unlike JWT's. [More details](./cookies).
[HTTP-only cookies](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Cookies) are a highly secure method of storing identifiable data on a user's device so that Payload can automatically recognize a returning user until their cookie expires. They are totally protected from common XSS attacks and **cannot be read by JavaScript in the browser**, unlike JWT's. [More details](./cookies).
During the lifecycle of a request you will be able to access the data you have configured to be stored in the JWT by accessing `req.user`. The user object is automatically appeneded to the request for you.
During the lifecycle of a request you will be able to access the data you have configured to be stored in the JWT by accessing `req.user`. The user object is automatically appended to the request for you.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Any of the features in Payload Cloud that require environment variables will aut
Payment methods can be set per project and can be updated any time. You can use team’s default payment method, or add a new one. Modify your payment methods in your Project settings / Team settings.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong> All Payload Cloud teams that deploy a project require a card on file. This
**Note:** All Payload Cloud teams that deploy a project require a card on file. This
helps us prevent fraud and abuse on our platform. If you select a plan with a free trial, you will
not be charged until your trial period is over. We’ll remind you 7 days before your trial ends and
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Your Payload Cloud project comes with a MongoDB serverless Atlas DB instance or
Payload Cloud gives you S3 file storage backed by Cloudflare as a CDN, and this plugin extends Payload so that all of your media will be stored in S3 rather than locally.
AWS Cognito is used for authentication to your S3 bucket. The[Payload Cloud Plugin](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-cloud)will automatically pick up these values. These values are only if you'd like to access your files directly, outside of Payload Cloud.
AWS Cognito is used for authentication to your S3 bucket. The[Payload Cloud Plugin](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/payload-cloud)will automatically pick up these values. These values are only if you'd like to access your files directly, outside of Payload Cloud.
### Accessing Files Outside of Payload Cloud
@@ -98,14 +98,14 @@ From there, you are ready to make updates to your project. When you are ready to
Projects generated from a template will come pre-configured with the official Cloud Plugin, but if you are using your own repository you will need to add this into your project. To do so, add the plugin to your Payload Config:
`yarn add @payloadcms/plugin-cloud`
`pnpm add @payloadcms/payload-cloud`
```js
import { payloadCloud } from '@payloadcms/plugin-cloud'
import { payloadCloudPlugin } from '@payloadcms/payload-cloud'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
plugins: [payloadCloud()],
plugins: [payloadCloudPlugin()],
// rest of config
})
```
@@ -115,6 +115,11 @@ export default buildConfig({
over Payload Cloud's email service.
</Banner>
<Banner type="info">
Good to know: the Payload Cloud Plugin was previously named `@payloadcms/plugin-cloud`. If you are
using this plugin, you should update to the new package name.
</Banner>
#### **Optional configuration**
If you wish to opt-out of any Payload cloud features, the plugin also accepts options to do so.
For a more complex example, see the [Public Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/public-demo) source code on GitHub, or the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
**Reminder:**
For more complex examples, see the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/collections). |
| **`access`** | Provide Access Control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with Documents in this Collection. [More details](../access-control/collections). |
| **`auth`** | Specify options if you would like this Collection to feature authentication. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`disableDuplicate`** | When true, do not show the "Duplicate" button while editing documents within this Collection and prevent `duplicate` from all APIs. |
| **`defaultSort`** | Pass a top-level field to sort by default in the Collection List View. Prefix the name of the field with a minus symbol ("-") to sort in descending order. |
| **`dbName`** | Custom table or Collection name depending on the Database Adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`endpoints`** | Add custom routes to the REST API. Set to `false` to disable routes. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Collection. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| **`graphQL`** | An object with `singularName` and `pluralName` strings used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. Set to `false` to disable GraphQL. |
| **`hooks`** | Entry point for Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview#collection-hooks). |
| **`labels`** | Singular and plural labels for use in identifying this Collection throughout Payload. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`lockDocuments`** | Enables or disables document locking. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to `false` to disable locking. [More details](../admin/locked-documents). |
| **`slug`** \* | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Collection. |
| **`timestamps`** | Set to false to disable documents' automatically generated `createdAt` and `updatedAt` timestamps. |
| **`typescript`** | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`upload`** | Specify options if you would like this Collection to support file uploads. For more, consult the [Uploads](../upload/overview) documentation. |
| **`versions`** | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#collection-config). |
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/collections). |
| **`access`** | Provide Access Control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with Documents in this Collection. [More details](../access-control/collections). |
| **`auth`** | Specify options if you would like this Collection to feature authentication. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`disableDuplicate`** | When true, do not show the "Duplicate" button while editing documents within this Collection and prevent `duplicate` from all APIs. |
| **`defaultSort`** | Pass a top-level field to sort by default in the Collection List View. Prefix the name of the field with a minus symbol ("-") to sort in descending order. Multiple fields can be specified by using a string array. |
| **`dbName`** | Custom table or Collection name depending on the Database Adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`endpoints`** | Add custom routes to the REST API. Set to `false` to disable routes. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Collection. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| **`graphQL`** | Manage GraphQL-related properties for this collection. [More](#graphql) |
| **`hooks`** | Entry point for Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview#collection-hooks). |
| **`labels`** | Singular and plural labels for use in identifying this Collection throughout Payload. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`lockDocuments`** | Enables or disables document locking. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to `false` to disable locking. [More details](../admin/locked-documents). |
| **`slug`** * | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Collection. |
| **`timestamps`** | Set to false to disable documents' automatically generated `createdAt` and `updatedAt` timestamps. |
| **`typescript`** | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`upload`** | Specify options if you would like this Collection to support file uploads. For more, consult the [Uploads](../upload/overview) documentation. |
| **`versions`** | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#collection-config). |
| **`defaultPopulate`** | Specify which fields to select when this Collection is populated from another document. [More Details](../queries/select#defaultpopulate-collection-config-property). |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
### Fields
@@ -96,6 +97,19 @@ Fields define the schema of the Documents within a Collection. To learn more, go
You can customize the way that the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) behaves on a Collection-by-Collection basis. To learn more, go to the [Collection Admin Options](../admin/collections) documentation.
## GraphQL
You can completely disable GraphQL for this collection by passing `graphQL: false` to your collection config. This will completely disable all queries, mutations, and types from appearing in your GraphQL schema.
You can also pass an object to the collection's `graphQL` property, which allows you to define the following properties:
| **`singularName`** | Override the "singular" name that will be used in GraphQL schema generation. |
| **`pluralName`** | Override the "plural" name that will be used in GraphQL schema generation. |
| **`disableQueries`** | Disable all GraphQL queries that correspond to this collection by passing `true`. |
| **`disableMutations`** | Disable all GraphQL mutations that correspond to this collection by passing `true`. |
## TypeScript
You can import types from Payload to help make writing your Collection configs easier and type-safe. There are two main types that represent the Collection Config, `CollectionConfig` and `SanitizeCollectionConfig`.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ For security and safety reasons, the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) does **not
If you are building a [Custom Component](../admin/components) and need to access Environment Variables from the client-side, you can do so by prefixing them with `NEXT_PUBLIC_`.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
Be careful about what variables you provide to your client-side code. Analyze every single one to make sure that you're not accidentally leaking sensitive information. Only ever include keys that are safe for the public to read in plain text.
</Banner>
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
Be sure that `dotenv` can find your `.env` file. By default, it will look for a file named `.env` in the root of your project. If you need to specify a different file, pass the path into the config options.
Globals are in many ways similar to [Collections](../configuration/collections), except they correspond to only a single Document. You can define as many Globals as your application needs. Each Global Document is stored in the [Database](../database/overview) based on the [Fields](../fields/overview) that you define, and automatically generates a [Local API](../local-api/overview), [REST API](../rest-api/overview), and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview) used to manage your Documents.
Globals are in many ways similar to [Collections](../configuration/collections), except that they correspond to only a single Document. You can define as many Globals as your application needs. Each Global Document is stored in the [Database](../database/overview) based on the [Fields](../fields/overview) that you define, and automatically generates a [Local API](../local-api/overview), [REST API](../rest-api/overview), and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview) used to manage your Documents.
Globals are the primary way to structure singletons in Payload, such as a header navigation, site-wide banner alerts, or app-wide localized strings. Each Global can have its own unique [Access Control](../access-control/overview), [Hooks](../hooks/overview), [Admin Options](#admin-options), and more.
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
If you have more than one Global that share the same structure, consider using a [Collection](../configuration/collections) instead.
For a more complex example, see the [Public Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/public-demo) source code on GitHub, or the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
**Reminder:**
For more complex examples, see the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
</Banner>
The following options are available:
@@ -73,16 +73,16 @@ The following options are available:
| **`dbName`** | Custom table or collection name for this Global depending on the Database Adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`description`** | Text or React component to display below the Global header to give editors more information. |
| **`endpoints`** | Add custom routes to the REST API. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Global. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| **`graphQL.name`** | Text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Global. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| **`graphQL`** | Manage GraphQL-related properties related to this global. [More details](#graphql) |
| **`hooks`** | Entry point for Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview#global-hooks). |
| **`label`** | Text for the name in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`lockDocuments`** | Enables or disables document locking. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to `false` to disable locking. [More details](../admin/locked-documents). |
| **`slug`** \* | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Global. |
| **`slug`** * | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Global. |
| **`typescript`** | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`versions`** | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#globals-config). |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
### Fields
@@ -100,6 +100,18 @@ Fields define the schema of the Global. To learn more, go to the [Fields](../fie
You can customize the way that the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) behaves on a Global-by-Global basis. To learn more, go to the [Global Admin Options](../admin/globals) documentation.
## GraphQL
You can completely disable GraphQL for this global by passing `graphQL: false` to your global config. This will completely disable all queries, mutations, and types from appearing in your GraphQL schema.
You can also pass an object to the global's `graphQL` property, which allows you to define the following properties:
| **`name`** | Override the name that will be used in GraphQL schema generation. |
| **`disableQueries`** | Disable all GraphQL queries that correspond to this global by passing `true`. |
| **`disableMutations`** | Disable all GraphQL mutations that correspond to this global by passing `true`. |
## TypeScript
You can import types from Payload to help make writing your Global configs easier and type-safe. There are two main types that represent the Global Config, `GlobalConfig` and `SanitizeGlobalConfig`.
The [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/beta/packages/translations). With I18n, editors can navigate the interface and read API error messages in their preferred language. This is similar to [Localization](./localization), but instead of managing translations for the data itself, you are managing translations for your application's interface.
The [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/translations). With I18n, editors can navigate the interface and read API error messages in their preferred language. This is similar to [Localization](./localization), but instead of managing translations for the data itself, you are managing translations for your application's interface.
By default, Payload comes with preinstalled with English, but you can easily load other languages into your own application. Languages are automatically detected based on the request. If no language was detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported by your application, English will be chosen.
By default, Payload comes preinstalled with English, but you can easily load other languages into your own application. Languages are automatically detected based on the request. If no language is detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported by your application, English will be chosen.
To configure I18n, use the `i18n` key in your [Payload Config](./overview):
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
If there is a language that Payload does not yet support, we accept [code contributions](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md).
</Banner>
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
It's best to only support the languages that you need so that the bundled JavaScript is kept to a minimum for your project.
| **`locales`** | Array of all the languages that you would like to support. [More details](#locales) |
| **`defaultLocale`** | Required string that matches one of the locale codes from the array provided. By default, if no locale is specified, documents will be returned in this locale. |
| **`fallback`** | Boolean enabling "fallback" locale functionality. If a document is requested in a locale, but a field does not have a localized value corresponding to the requested locale, then if this property is enabled, the document will automatically fall back to the fallback locale value. If this property is not enabled, the value will not be populated. |
| **`fallback`** | Boolean enabling "fallback" locale functionality. If a document is requested in a locale, but a field does not have a localized value corresponding to the requested locale, then if this property is enabled, the document will automatically fall back to the fallback locale value. If this property is not enabled, the value will not be populated unless a fallback is explicitly provided in the request. True by default. |
### Locales
@@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ The locale codes do not need to be in any specific format. It's up to you to def
Payload is a _config-based_, code-first CMS and application framework. The Payload Config is central to everything that Payload does, allowing for deep configuration of your application through a simple and intuitive API. The Payload Config is a fully-typed JavaScript object that can be infinitely extended upon.
Everything from your [Database](../database/overview) choice, to the appearance of the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), is fully controlled through the Payload Config. From here you can define [Fields](../fields/overview), add [Localization](./localization), enable [Authentication](../authentication/overview), configure [Access Control](../access-control/overview), and so much more.
Everything from your [Database](../database/overview) choice to the appearance of the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) is fully controlled through the Payload Config. From here you can define [Fields](../fields/overview), add [Localization](./localization), enable [Authentication](../authentication/overview), configure [Access Control](../access-control/overview), and so much more.
The Payload Config is a `payload.config.ts` file typically located in the root of your project:
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ export default buildConfig({
The Payload Config is strongly typed and ties directly into Payload's TypeScript codebase. This means your IDE (such as VSCode) will provide helpful information like type-ahead suggestions while you write your config.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
The location of your Payload Config can be customized. [More details](#customizing--automating-config-location-detection).
</Banner>
## Config Options
To author your Payload Config, first determine which [Database](../database/overview) you'd like to use, then use [Collections](./collections) or [Globals](./globals) to define the schema of your data.
To author your Payload Config, first determine which [Database](../database/overview) you'd like to use, then use [Collections](./collections) or [Globals](./globals) to define the schema of your data through [Fields](../fields/overview).
Here is one of the simplest possible Payload configs:
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
For a more complex example, see the [Public Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/public-demo) source code on GitHub, or the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
**Note:**
For more complex examples, see the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
</Banner>
The following options are available:
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The following options are available:
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel, including Custom Components, Live Preview, etc. [More details](../admin/overview#admin-options). |
| **`bin`** | Register custom bin scripts for Payload to execute. |
| **`editor`** | The Rich Text Editor which will be used by `richText` fields. [More details](../rich-text/overview). |
| **`db`** \* | The Database Adapter which will be used by Payload. [More details](../database/overview). |
| **`db`** * | The Database Adapter which will be used by Payload. [More details](../database/overview). |
| **`serverURL`** | A string used to define the absolute URL of your app. This includes the protocol, for example `https://example.com`. No paths allowed, only protocol, domain and (optionally) port. |
| **`collections`** | An array of Collections for Payload to manage. [More details](./collections). |
| **`compatibility`** | Compatibility flags for earlier versions of Payload. [More details](#compatibility-flags). |
@@ -76,9 +76,10 @@ The following options are available:
| **`cors`** | Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) is a mechanism that accept incoming requests from given domains. You can also customize the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` header. [More details](#cors). |
| **`localization`** | Opt-in to translate your content into multiple locales. [More details](./localization). |
| **`logger`** | Logger options, logger options with a destination stream, or an instantiated logger instance. [More details](https://getpino.io/#/docs/api?id=options). |
| **`loggingLevels`** | An object to override the level to use in the logger for Payload's errors. |
| **`graphQL`** | Manage GraphQL-specific functionality, including custom queries and mutations, query complexity limits, etc. [More details](../graphql/overview#graphql-options). |
| **`cookiePrefix`** | A string that will be prefixed to all cookies that Payload sets. |
| **`csrf`** | A whitelist array of URLs to allow Payload to accept cookies from. [More details](../authentication/overview#csrf-protection). |
| **`csrf`** | A whitelist array of URLs to allow Payload to accept cookies from. [More details](../authentication/cookies#csrf-attacks). |
| **`defaultDepth`** | If a user does not specify `depth` while requesting a resource, this depth will be used. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`defaultMaxTextLength`** | The maximum allowed string length to be permitted application-wide. Helps to prevent malicious public document creation. |
| **`maxDepth`** | The maximum allowed depth to be permitted application-wide. This setting helps prevent against malicious queries. Defaults to `10`. [More details](../queries/depth). |
@@ -94,18 +95,17 @@ The following options are available:
| **`endpoints`** | An array of Custom Endpoints added to the Payload router. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins). |
| **`i18n`** | Internationalization configuration. Pass all i18n languages you'd like the admin UI to support. Defaults to English-only. [More details](./i18n). |
| **`secret`** \* | A secure, unguessable string that Payload will use for any encryption workflows - for example, password salt / hashing. |
| **`secret`** * | A secure, unguessable string that Payload will use for any encryption workflows - for example, password salt / hashing. |
| **`sharp`** | If you would like Payload to offer cropping, focal point selection, and automatic media resizing, install and pass the Sharp module to the config here. |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
Some properties are removed from the client-side bundle. [More details](../admin/components#accessing-the-payload-config).
</Banner>
### Typescript Config
Payload exposes a variety of TypeScript settings that you can leverage. These settings are used to auto-generate TypeScript interfaces for your [Collections](../configuration/collections) and [Globals](../configuration/globals), and to ensure that Payload uses your [Generated Types](../typescript/overview) for all [Local API](../local-api/overview) methods.
@@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ For Payload command-line scripts, we need to be able to locate your Payload Conf
1. The `compilerOptions` in your `tsconfig`*
1. The `dist` directory*
_\* Config location detection is different between development and production environments. See below for more details._
_* Config location detection is different between development and production environments. See below for more details._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
Ensure your `tsconfig.json` is properly configured for Payload to auto-detect your config location. If if does not exist, or does not specify the proper `compilerOptions`, Payload will default to the current working directory.
</Banner>
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ In development mode, if the configuration file is not found at the root, Payload
**Production Mode**
In production mode, Payload will first attempt to find the config file in the `outDir` of your `tsconfig.json`, and if not found, will fallback to the `rootDor` directory:
In production mode, Payload will first attempt to find the config file in the `outDir` of your `tsconfig.json`, and if not found, will fallback to the `rootDir` directory:
```json
{
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ To use a custom config location, set the `PAYLOAD_CONFIG_PATH` environment varia
```
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
`PAYLOAD_CONFIG_PATH` can be either an absolute path, or path relative to your current working directory.
Each DB adapter has an optional property `migrationDir` where you can override where you want your migrations to be
@@ -134,50 +165,35 @@ npm run payload migrate:fresh
Depending on which Database Adapter you use, your migration workflow might differ subtly.
In relational databases, migrations will be **required** for non-development database environments. But with MongoDB,
you might only need to run migrations once in a while (or never even need them).
In relational databases, migrations will be **required** for non-development database environments. But with MongoDB, you might only need to run migrations once in a while (or never even need them).
#### MongoDB
In MongoDB, you'll only ever really need to run migrations for times where you change your database shape, and you have
lots of existing data that you'd like to transform from Shape A to Shape B.
In MongoDB, you'll only ever really need to run migrations for times where you change your database shape, and you have lots of existing data that you'd like to transform from Shape A to Shape B.
In this case, you can create a migration by running `pnpm payload migrate:create`, and then write the logic that you
need to perform to migrate your documents to their new shape. You can then either run your migrations in CI before you
build / deploy, or you can run them locally, against your production database, by using your production database
connection string on your local computer and running the `pnpm payload migrate` command.
In this case, you can create a migration by running `pnpm payload migrate:create`, and then write the logic that you need to perform to migrate your documents to their new shape. You can then either run your migrations in CI before you build / deploy, or you can run them locally, against your production database, by using your production database connection string on your local computer and running the `pnpm payload migrate` command.
#### Postgres
In relational databases like Postgres, migrations are a bit more important, because each time you add a new field or a
new collection, you'll need to update the shape of your database to match your Payload Config (otherwise you'll see
errors upon trying to read / write your data).
In relational databases like Postgres, migrations are a bit more important, because each time you add a new field or a new collection, you'll need to update the shape of your database to match your Payload Config (otherwise you'll see errors upon trying to read / write your data).
That means that Postgres users of Payload should become familiar with the entire migration workflow from top to bottom.
Here is an overview of a common workflow for working locally against a development database, creating migrations, and
then running migrations against your production database before deploying.
Here is an overview of a common workflow for working locally against a development database, creating migrations, and then running migrations against your production database before deploying.
**1 - work locally using push mode**
Payload uses Drizzle ORM's powerful `push` mode to automatically sync data changes to your database for you while in
development mode. By default, this is enabled and is the suggested workflow to using Postgres and Payload while doing
local development.
Payload uses Drizzle ORM's powerful `push` mode to automatically sync data changes to your database for you while in development mode. By default, this is enabled and is the suggested workflow to using Postgres and Payload while doing local development.
You can disable this setting and solely use migrations to manage your local development database (pass `push: false` to
your Postgres adapter), but if you do disable it, you may see frequent errors while running development mode. This is
because Payload will have updated to your new data shape, but your local database will not have updated.
You can disable this setting and solely use migrations to manage your local development database (pass `push: false` to your Postgres adapter), but if you do disable it, you may see frequent errors while running development mode. This is because Payload will have updated to your new data shape, but your local database will not have updated.
For this reason, we suggest that you leave `push` as its default setting and treat your local dev database as a sandbox.
For more information about push mode and prototyping in development, [click here](./postgres#prototyping-in-dev-mode).
The typical workflow in Payload is to build out your Payload configs, install plugins, and make progress in development
mode - allowing Drizzle to push your changes to your local database for you. Once you're finished, you can create a
migration.
The typical workflow in Payload is to build out your Payload configs, install plugins, and make progress in development mode - allowing Drizzle to push your changes to your local database for you. Once you're finished, you can create a migration.
But importantly, you do not need to run migrations against your development database, because Drizzle will have already
pushed your changes to your database for you.
But importantly, you do not need to run migrations against your development database, because Drizzle will have already pushed your changes to your database for you.
<Banner type="warning">
Warning: do not mix "push" and migrations with your local development database. If you use "push"
@@ -187,13 +203,11 @@ pushed your changes to your database for you.
**2 - create a migration**
Once you're done with working in your Payload Config, you can create a migration. It's best practice to try and complete
a specific task or fully build out a feature before you create a migration.
Once you're done with working in your Payload Config, you can create a migration. It's best practice to try and complete a specific task or fully build out a feature before you create a migration.
But once you're ready, you can run `pnpm payload migrate:create`, which will perform the following steps for you:
- We will look for any existing migrations, and automatically generate SQL changes necessary to convert your schema from
its prior state to the new state of your Payload Config
- We will look for any existing migrations, and automatically generate SQL changes necessary to convert your schema from its prior state to the new state of your Payload Config
- We will then create a new migration file in your `/migrations` folder that contains all the SQL necessary to be run
We won't immediately run this migration for you, however.
@@ -204,65 +218,43 @@ We won't immediately run this migration for you, however.
**3 - set up your build process to run migrations**
Generally, you want to run migrations before you build Payload for production. This typically happens in your CI
pipeline and can usually be configured on platforms like Payload Cloud, Vercel, or Netlify by specifying your build
script.
Generally, you want to run migrations before you build Payload for production. This typically happens in your CI pipeline and can usually be configured on platforms like Payload Cloud, Vercel, or Netlify by specifying your build script.
A common set of scripts in a `package.json`, set up to run migrations in CI, might look like this:
```js
"scripts"
:
{
// For running in dev mode
"dev"
:
"next dev --turbo",
"scripts": {
// For running in dev mode
"dev": "next dev --turbo",
// To build your Next + Payload app for production
"build"
:
"next build",
"build": "next build",
// A "tie-in" to Payload's CLI for convenience
// this helps you run `pnpm payload migrate:create` and similar
// This command is what you'd set your `build script` to.
// Notice how it runs `payload migrate` and then `pnpm build`?
// This will run all migrations for you before building, in your CI,
// against your production database
"ci"
:
"payload migrate && pnpm build",
}
,
"ci": "payload migrate && pnpm build",
},
```
In the example above, we've specified a `ci` script which we can use as our "build script" in the platform that we are
deploying to production with.
In the example above, we've specified a `ci` script which we can use as our "build script" in the platform that we are deploying to production with.
This will require that your build pipeline can connect to your database, and it will simply run the `payload migrate`
command prior to starting the build process. By calling `payload migrate`, Payload will automatically execute any
migrations in your `/migrations` folder that have not yet been executed against your production database, in the order
that they were created.
This will require that your build pipeline can connect to your database, and it will simply run the `payload migrate` command prior to starting the build process. By calling `payload migrate`, Payload will automatically execute any migrations in your `/migrations` folder that have not yet been executed against your production database, in the order that they were created.
If it fails, the deployment will be rejected. But now, with your build script set up to run your migrations, you will be
all set! Next time you deploy, your CI will execute the required migrations for you, and your database will be caught up
with the shape that your Payload Config requires.
If it fails, the deployment will be rejected. But now, with your build script set up to run your migrations, you will be all set! Next time you deploy, your CI will execute the required migrations for you, and your database will be caught up with the shape that your Payload Config requires.
## Running migrations in production
In certain cases, you might want to run migrations at runtime when the server starts. Running them during build time may
be impossible due to not having access to your database connection while building or similar reasoning.
In certain cases, you might want to run migrations at runtime when the server starts. Running them during build time may be impossible due to not having access to your database connection while building or similar reasoning.
If you're using a long-running server or container where your Node server starts up one time and then stays initialized,
you might prefer to run migrations on server startup instead of within your CI.
If you're using a long-running server or container where your Node server starts up one time and then stays initialized, you might prefer to run migrations on server startup instead of within your CI.
In order to run migrations at runtime, on initialization, you can pass your migrations to your database adapter under
the `prodMigrations` key as follows:
In order to run migrations at runtime, on initialization, you can pass your migrations to your database adapter under the `prodMigrations` key as follows:
```ts
// Import your migrations from the `index.ts` file
@@ -279,73 +271,8 @@ export default buildConfig({
})
```
Passing your migrations as shown above will tell Payload, in production only, to execute any migrations that need to be
run prior to completing the initialization of Payload. This is ideal for long-running services where Payload will only
be initialized at startup.
Passing your migrations as shown above will tell Payload, in production only, to execute any migrations that need to be run prior to completing the initialization of Payload. This is ideal for long-running services where Payload will only be initialized at startup.
<Banner type="warning">
Warning - if Payload is instructed to run migrations in production, this may slow down serverless cold starts on platforms such as Vercel. Generally, this option should only be used for long-running servers / containers.
</Banner>
## Change Management
Making changes to your Payload configuration impact how the database interprets and builds the structure of your
data. Depending on the change, after you have data, Payload may no longer be able to access data that has been saved. If
you're using MongoDB the data will still be in your database, though it might not be under the same collection or
properties as it was originally saved as. By contrast, Postgres or SQLite has to adjust structures as you make your
changes. Because the SQL based database adapters use Drizzle, is called on and will ask prompting questions for you to
help with both DDL (Data Definition Language) controlling the structure and data migration. That said it cannot account
for all changes that may occur and may warn you of data loss.
No matter what data you have and what changes you make to your configuration there are ways to work around changes to
not suffer data loss.
The simplest way to avoid breaking changes to your configuration is to plan ahead for them. For example, if you think
you might want to support multiple locales in the future, you can
enable [localization](/docs/configuration/localizatoin) before editors begin saving content and set fields
to `localization: true` so that data can be keyed under one language so that when enabled later the structure of data
doesn't need to change. Enabling [versions](/docs/versions/overview) is another feature that is better to enable up
front if you intend to use it later.
Below is a list of properties that change the structure of your data and brief description on how they impact the
underlying data and will require a migration to prevent data loss.
#### Collection Slugs
The MongoDB collection or SQL table(s) holding these documents will need to be renamed. Drizzle will ask to rename
tables. In MongoDB, you can use `payload.db.collection('old-slug').rename('new-slug')`. To keep version history for
version enabled collections, you will rename the `_versions_old-slug` DB collection to `_versions_new-slug`.
#### Globals Slugs
Renaming global slugs cause table name changes for SQL adapters, which drizzle can handle. In MongoDB all globals saved
in the `globals` collection. To migrate you need to update any existing globals documents by updating the `globalType`
| `autoPluralization` | Tell Mongoose to auto-pluralize any collection names if it encounters any singular words used as collection `slug`s. |
| `connectOptions` | Customize MongoDB connection options. Payload will connect to your MongoDB database using default options which you can override and extend to include all the [options](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/connections.html#options) available to mongoose. |
| `disableIndexHints` | Set to true to disable hinting to MongoDB to use 'id' as index. This is currently done when counting documents for pagination, as it increases the speed of the count function used in that query. Disabling this optimization might fix some problems with AWS DocumentDB. Defaults to false |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `transactionOptions` | An object with configuration properties used in [transactions](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/core/transactions/) or `false` which will disable the use of transactions. |
| `collation` | Enable language-specific string comparison with customizable options. Available on MongoDB 3.4+. Defaults locale to "en". Example: `{ strength: 3 }`. For a full list of collation options and their definitions, see the [MongoDB documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/reference/collation/). |
| `autoPluralization` | Tell Mongoose to auto-pluralize any collection names if it encounters any singular words used as collection `slug`s. |
| `connectOptions` | Customize MongoDB connection options. Payload will connect to your MongoDB database using default options which you can override and extend to include all the [options](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/connections.html#options) available to mongoose. |
| `collectionsSchemaOptions` | Customize Mongoose schema options for collections. |
| `disableIndexHints` | Set to true to disable hinting to MongoDB to use 'id' as index. This is currently done when counting documents for pagination, as it increases the speed of the count function used in that query. Disabling this optimization might fix some problems with AWS DocumentDB. Defaults to false |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `transactionOptions` | An object with configuration properties used in [transactions](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/core/transactions/) or `false` which will disable the use of transactions. |
| `collation` | Enable language-specific string comparison with customizable options. Available on MongoDB 3.4+. Defaults locale to "en". Example: `{ strength: 3 }`. For a full list of collation options and their definitions, see the [MongoDB documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/reference/collation/). |
The Database Adapter is an external dependency and must be installed in your project separately from Payload. You can find the installation instructions for each Database Adapter in their respective documentation.
</Banner>
@@ -67,6 +67,6 @@ You should prefer a relational DB like Postgres or SQLite if:
## Payload Differences
It's important to note that nearly every Payload feature is available in all of our officially supported Database Adapters, including [Localization](../configuration/localization), [Arrays](../fields/array), [Blocks](../fields/blocks), etc. The only thing that is not supported in Postgres yet is the [Point Field](/docs/fields/point), but that should be added soon.
It's important to note that nearly every Payload feature is available in all of our officially supported Database Adapters, including [Localization](../configuration/localization), [Arrays](../fields/array), [Blocks](../fields/blocks), etc. The only thing that is not supported in SQLite yet is the [Point Field](/docs/fields/point), but that should be added soon.
It's up to you to choose which database you would like to use based on the requirements of your project. Payload has no opinion on which database you should ultimately choose.
If when using `vercelPostgresAdapter` your `process.env.POSTGRES_URL` or `pool.connectionString` points to a local database (e.g hostname has `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) we use the `pg` module for pooling instead of `@vercel/postgres`. This is because `@vercel/postgres` doesn't work with local databases, if you want to disable that behavior, you can pass `forceUseVercelPostgres: true` to adapter's 'args and follow [Vercel guide](https://vercel.com/docs/storage/vercel-postgres/local-development#option-2:-local-postgres-instance-with-docker) for a Docker Neon DB setup.
| `pool` \* | [Pool connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/quick-postgresql/node-postgres) that will be passed to Drizzle and `node-postgres` or to `@vercel/postgres` |
| `pool` * | [Pool connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/quick-postgresql/node-postgres) that will be passed to Drizzle and `node-postgres` or to `@vercel/postgres` |
| `push` | Disable Drizzle's [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push) in development mode. By default, `push` is enabled for development mode only. |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `schemaName` (experimental) | A string for the postgres schema to use, defaults to 'public'. |
| `idType` | A string of 'serial', or 'uuid' that is used for the data type given to id columns. |
| `transactionOptions` | A PgTransactionConfig object for transactions, or set to `false` to disable using transactions. [More details](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/transactions) |
| `disableCreateDatabase` | Pass `true` to disale auto database creation if it doesn't exist. Defaults to `false`. |
| `disableCreateDatabase` | Pass `true` to disable auto database creation if it doesn't exist. Defaults to `false`. |
| `localesSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing localized fields. Default is '_locales'. |
| `relationshipsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing relationships. Default is '_rels'. |
| `versionsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing versions. Defaults to '_v'. |
| `beforeSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs before the schema is built. [More Details](#beforeschemainit) |
| `afterSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs after the schema is built. [More Details](#afterschemainit) |
| `generateSchemaOutputFile` | Override generated schema from `payload generate:db-schema` file path. Defaults to `{CWD}/src/payload-generated.schema.ts` |
## Access to Drizzle
After Payload is initialized, this adapter will expose the full power of Drizzle to you for use if you need it.
You can access Drizzle as follows:
To ensure type-safety, you need to generate Drizzle schema first with:
```sh
npx payload generate:db-schema
```
```text
payload.db.drizzle
Then, you can access Drizzle as follows:
```ts
import { posts } from './payload-generated-schema'
// To avoid installing Drizzle, you can import everything that drizzle has from our re-export path.
import { eq, sql, and } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle'
// Drizzle's Select API https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/select
const result = await payload.db.drizzle.select().from(posts).where(and(eq(posts.id, 50), sql`lower(${posts.title}) = 'example post title'`))
```
## Tables, relations, and enums
@@ -109,7 +126,7 @@ Runs before the schema is built. You can use this hook to extend your database s
```ts
import { postgresAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
import { integer, pgTable, serial } from 'drizzle-orm/pg-core'
import { integer, pgTable, serial } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle/pg-core'
postgresAdapter({
beforeSchemaInit: [
@@ -178,7 +195,7 @@ postgresAdapter({
})
```
Make sure Payload doesn't overlap table names with its collections. For example, if you already have a collection with slug "users", you should either change the slug or `dbName` to change the table name for this collection.
Make sure Payload doesn't overlap table names with its collections. For example, if you already have a collection with slug "users", you should either change the slug or `dbName` to change the table name for this collection.
### afterSchemaInit
@@ -189,7 +206,7 @@ The following example adds the `extra_integer_column` column and a composite ind
```ts
import { postgresAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
import { index, integer } from 'drizzle-orm/pg-core'
import { index, integer } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle/pg-core'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
@@ -231,3 +248,45 @@ export default buildConfig({
})
```
### Note for generated schema:
Columns and tables, added in schema hooks won't be added to the generated via `payload generate:db-schema` Drizzle schema.
If you want them to be there, you either have to edit this file manually or mutate the internal Payload "raw" SQL schema in the `beforeSchemaInit`:
```ts
import { postgresAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
postgresAdapter({
beforeSchemaInit: [
({ schema, adapter }) => {
// Add a new table
adapter.rawTables.myTable = {
name: 'my_table',
columns: {
my_id: {
name: 'my_id',
type: 'serial',
primaryKey: true
}
}
}
// Add a new column to generated by Payload table:
adapter.rawTables.posts.columns.customColumn = {
name: 'custom_column',
// Note that Payload SQL doesn't support everything that Drizzle does.
| `client` \* | [Client connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/get-started-sqlite#turso) that will be passed to `createClient` from `@libsql/client`. |
| `push` | Disable Drizzle's [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push) in development mode. By default, `push` is enabled for development mode only. |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `logger` | The instance of the logger to be passed to drizzle. By default Payload's will be used. |
| `transactionOptions` | A SQLiteTransactionConfig object for transactions, or set to `false` to disable using transactions. [More details](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/transactions) |
| `localesSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing localized fields. Default is '_locales'. |
| `relationshipsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing relationships. Default is '_rels'. |
| `versionsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing versions. Defaults to '_v'. |
| `beforeSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs before the schema is built. [More Details](#beforeschemainit) |
| `afterSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs after the schema is built. [More Details](#afterschemainit) |
| `client` * | [Client connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/get-started-sqlite#turso) that will be passed to `createClient` from `@libsql/client`. |
| `push` | Disable Drizzle's [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push) in development mode. By default, `push` is enabled for development mode only. |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `logger` | The instance of the logger to be passed to drizzle. By default Payload's will be used. |
| `idType` | A string of 'number', or 'uuid' that is used for the data type given to id columns. |
| `transactionOptions` | A SQLiteTransactionConfig object for transactions, or set to `false` to disable using transactions. [More details](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/transactions) |
| `localesSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing localized fields. Default is '_locales'. |
| `relationshipsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing relationships. Default is '_rels'. |
| `versionsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing versions. Defaults to '_v'. |
| `beforeSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs before the schema is built. [More Details](#beforeschemainit) |
| `afterSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs after the schema is built. [More Details](#afterschemainit) |
| `generateSchemaOutputFile` | Override generated schema from `payload generate:db-schema` file path. Defaults to `{CWD}/src/payload-generated.schema.ts` |
| `autoIncrement` | Pass `true` to enable SQLite [AUTOINCREMENT](https://www.sqlite.org/autoinc.html) for primary keys to ensure the same ID cannot be reused from deleted rows |
## Access to Drizzle
After Payload is initialized, this adapter will expose the full power of Drizzle to you for use if you need it.
You can access Drizzle as follows:
To ensure type-safety, you need to generate Drizzle schema first with:
```sh
npx payload generate:db-schema
```
```text
payload.db.drizzle
Then, you can access Drizzle as follows:
```ts
// Import table from the generated file
import { posts } from './payload-generated-schema'
// To avoid installing Drizzle, you can import everything that drizzle has from our re-export path.
import { eq, sql, and } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite/drizzle'
// Drizzle's Select API https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/select
const result = await payload.db.drizzle.select().from(posts).where(and(eq(posts.id, 50), sql`lower(${posts.title}) = 'example post title'`))
```
## Tables and relations
@@ -88,7 +103,7 @@ Runs before the schema is built. You can use this hook to extend your database s
```ts
import { sqliteAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite'
import { integer, sqliteTable } from 'drizzle-orm/sqlite-core'
import { integer, sqliteTable } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite/drizzle/sqlite-core'
sqliteAdapter({
beforeSchemaInit: [
@@ -157,7 +172,7 @@ sqliteAdapter({
})
```
Make sure Payload doesn't overlap table names with its collections. For example, if you already have a collection with slug "users", you should either change the slug or `dbName` to change the table name for this collection.
Make sure Payload doesn't overlap table names with its collections. For example, if you already have a collection with slug "users", you should either change the slug or `dbName` to change the table name for this collection.
### afterSchemaInit
@@ -168,7 +183,7 @@ The following example adds the `extra_integer_column` column and a composite ind
```ts
import { sqliteAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite'
import { index, integer } from 'drizzle-orm/sqlite-core'
import { index, integer } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite/drizzle/sqlite-core'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
@@ -210,3 +225,45 @@ export default buildConfig({
})
```
### Note for generated schema:
Columns and tables, added in schema hooks won't be added to the generated via `payload generate:db-schema` Drizzle schema.
If you want them to be there, you either have to edit this file manually or mutate the internal Payload "raw" SQL schema in the `beforeSchemaInit`:
```ts
import { sqliteAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite'
sqliteAdapter({
beforeSchemaInit: [
({ schema, adapter }) => {
// Add a new table
adapter.rawTables.myTable = {
name: 'my_table',
columns: {
my_id: {
name: 'my_id',
type: 'integer',
primaryKey: true
}
}
}
// Add a new column to generated by Payload table:
adapter.rawTables.posts.columns.customColumn = {
name: 'custom_column',
// Note that Payload SQL doesn't support everything that Drizzle does.
@@ -11,12 +11,18 @@ Database transactions allow your application to make a series of database change
By default, Payload will use transactions for all data changing operations, as long as it is supported by the configured database. Database changes are contained within all Payload operations and any errors thrown will result in all changes being rolled back without being committed. When transactions are not supported by the database, Payload will continue to operate as expected without them.
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Note:</strong>
<br />
**Note:**
MongoDB requires a connection to a replicaset in order to make use of transactions.
</Banner>
The initial request made to Payload will begin a new transaction and attach it to the `req.transactionID`. If you have a `hook` that interacts with the database, you can opt-in to using the same transaction by passing the `req` in the arguments. For example:
<Banner type="info">
**Note:**
Transactions in SQLite are disabled by default. You need to pass `transactionOptions: {}` to enable them.
</Banner>
The initial request made to Payload will begin a new transaction and attach it to the `req.transactionID`. If you have a `hook` that interacts with the database, you can opt in to using the same transaction by passing the `req` in the arguments. For example:
@@ -65,9 +71,9 @@ When writing your own scripts or custom endpoints, you may wish to have direct c
The following functions can be used for managing transactions:
`payload.db.beginTransaction` - Starts a new session and returns a transaction ID for use in other Payload Local API calls.
`payload.db.commitTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, finalizes any changes.
`payload.db.rollbackTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, discards any changes.
- `payload.db.beginTransaction` - Starts a new session and returns a transaction ID for use in other Payload Local API calls.
- `payload.db.commitTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, finalizes any changes.
- `payload.db.rollbackTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, discards any changes.
Payload uses the `req` object to pass the transaction ID through to the database adapter. If you are not using the `req` object, you can make a new object to pass the transaction ID directly to database adapter methods and local API calls.
keywords: example, examples, starter, boilerplate, template, templates
---
Payload provides a vast array of examples to help you get started with your project no matter what you are working on. These examples are designed to be easy to get up and running, and to be easy to understand. They showcase nothing more than the specific features being demonstrated so you can easily decipher what is going on.
Examples are changing every day, so be sure to check back often to see what new examples have been added. If you have a specific example you would like to see, please feel free to start a new [Discussion](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions) or open a new [PR](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pulls) to add it yourself.
Payload provides a vast array of examples to help you get started with your project no matter what you are working on. These examples are designed to be easy to get up and running, and to be easy to understand. They showcase nothing more than the specific features being demonstrated so you can easily decipher precisely what is going on.
When necessary, some examples include a front-end. Examples that require a front-end share this folder structure:
If you'd like to run the examples, you can use `create-payload-app` to create a project from one:
```plaintext
example/
├── payload/
├── next-app/
├── next-pages/
├── react-router/
├── vue/
├── svelte/
```sh
npx create-payload-app --example example_name
```
Where `payload` is your Payload project, and the other directories are dedicated to their respective front-end framework. We are adding new examples every day, so if your framework of choice is not yet supported in any particular example, please feel free to start a new [Discussion](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions) or open a new [PR](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pulls) to add it yourself.
We are adding new examples every day, so if your particular use case is not demonstrated in any existing example, please feel free to start a new [Discussion](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions) or open a new [PR](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pulls) to add it yourself.
The Array Field is used when you need to have a set of "repeating" [Fields](./overview). It stores an array of objects containing fields that you define. These fields can be of any type, including other arrays to achieve infinitely nested structures.
The Array Field is used when you need to have a set of "repeating" [Fields](./overview). It stores an array of objects containing fields that you define. These fields can be of any type, including other arrays, to achieve infinitely nested data structures.
Arrays are useful for many different types of content from simple to complex, such as:
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ export const MyArrayField: Field = {
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as the heading in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) or an object with keys for each language. Auto-generated from name if not defined. |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types to correspond to each row of the Array. |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types to correspond to each row of the Array. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`minRows`** | A number for the fewest allowed items during validation when a value is present. |
| **`maxRows`** | A number for the most allowed items during validation when a value is present. |
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ export const MyArrayField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
The Blocks Field is <strong>incredibly powerful</strong>, storing an array of objects based on the fields that your define, where each item in the array is a "block" with its own unique schema.
The Blocks Field is **incredibly powerful** storing an array of objects based on the fields that your define, where each item in the array is a "block" with its own unique schema.
Blocks are a great way to create a flexible content model that can be used to build a wide variety of content types, including:
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as the heading in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. Auto-generated from name if not defined. |
| **`blocks`** \* | Array of [block configs](/docs/fields/blocks#block-configs) to be made available to this field. |
| **`blocks`** * | Array of [block configs](/docs/fields/blocks#block-configs) to be made available to this field. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`minRows`** | A number for the fewest allowed items during validation when a value is present. |
| **`maxRows`** | A number for the most allowed items during validation when a value is present. |
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
@@ -84,13 +84,58 @@ The Blocks Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin
| **`initCollapsed`** | Set the initial collapsed state |
| **`isSortable`** | Disable order sorting by setting this value to `false` |
#### Customizing the way your block is rendered in Lexical
If you're using this block within the [Lexical editor](/docs/lexical/overview), you can also customize how the block is rendered in the Lexical editor itself by specifying custom components.
- `admin.components.Label` - pass a custom React component here to customize the way that the label is rendered for this block
- `admin.components.Block` - pass a component here to completely override the way the block is rendered in Lexical with your own component
This is super handy if you'd like to present your editors with a very deliberate and nicely designed block "preview" right in your rich text.
For example, if you have a `gallery` block, you might want to actually render the gallery of images directly in your Lexical block. With the `admin.components.Block` property, you can do exactly that!
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**<br/>
If you customize the way your block is rendered in Lexical, you can import utility components to easily edit / remove your block - so that you don't have to build all of this yourself.
</Banner>
To import these utility components for one of your custom blocks, you can import the following:
```ts
import {
// Edit block buttons (choose the one that corresponds to your usage)
// When clicked, this will open a drawer with your block's fields
// so your editors can edit them
InlineBlockEditButton,
BlockEditButton,
// Buttons that will remove this block from Lexical
// (choose the one that corresponds to your usage)
InlineBlockRemoveButton,
BlockRemoveButton,
// The label that should be rendered for an inline block
InlineBlockLabel,
// The default "container" that is rendered for an inline block
// if you want to re-use it
InlineBlockContainer,
// The default "collapsible" UI that is rendered for a regular block
// if you want to re-use it
BlockCollapsible,
} from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/client'
```
## Block Configs
Blocks are defined as separate configs of their own.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
<br />
**Tip:**
Best practice is to define each block config in its own file, and then import them into your
Blocks field as necessary. This way each block config can be easily shared between fields. For
instance, using the "layout builder" example, you might want to feature a few of the same blocks
@@ -100,8 +145,8 @@ Blocks are defined as separate configs of their own.
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ export const MyCheckboxField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database#overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
| **`label`** \* | A label to render within the header of the collapsible component. This can be a string, function or react component. Function/components receive `({ data, path })` as args. |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types to nest within this Collapsible. |
| **`label`** * | A label to render within the header of the collapsible component. This can be a string, function or react component. Function/components receive `({ data, path })` as args. |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types to nest within this Collapsible. |
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ export const MyDateField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
@@ -70,23 +70,23 @@ The Date Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Co
| **`placeholder`** | Placeholder text for the field. |
| **`date`** | Pass options to customize date field appearance. |
| **`date.displayFormat`** | Format date to be shown in field **cell**. |
| **`date.pickerAppearance`** \* | Determines the appearance of the datepicker: `dayAndTime` `timeOnly` `dayOnly` `monthOnly`. |
| **`date.monthsToShow`** \* | Number of months to display max is 2. Defaults to 1. |
| **`date.minDate`** \* | Min date value to allow. |
| **`date.maxDate`** \* | Max date value to allow. |
| **`date.minTime`** \* | Min time value to allow. |
| **`date.maxTime`** \* | Max date value to allow. |
| **`date.overrides`** \* | Pass any valid props directly to the [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md) |
| **`date.timeIntervals`** \* | Time intervals to display. Defaults to 30 minutes. |
| **`date.timeFormat`** \* | Determines time format. Defaults to `'h:mm aa'`. |
| **`date.pickerAppearance`** * | Determines the appearance of the datepicker: `dayAndTime` `timeOnly` `dayOnly` `monthOnly`. |
| **`date.monthsToShow`** * | Number of months to display max is 2. Defaults to 1. |
| **`date.minDate`** * | Min date value to allow. |
| **`date.maxDate`** * | Max date value to allow. |
| **`date.minTime`** * | Min time value to allow. |
| **`date.maxTime`** * | Max date value to allow. |
| **`date.overrides`** * | Pass any valid props directly to the [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md) |
| **`date.timeIntervals`** * | Time intervals to display. Defaults to 30 minutes. |
| **`date.timeFormat`** * | Determines time format. Defaults to `'h:mm aa'`. |
_\* This property is passed directly to [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md). ._
_* This property is passed directly to [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md). ._
### Display Format and Picker Appearance
These properties only affect how the date is displayed in the UI. The full date is always stored in the format `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:ss.SSSZ` (e.g. `1999-01-01T8:00:00.000+05:00`).
`displayFormat` determines how the date is presented in the field **cell**, you can pass any valid (unicode date format)[https://date-fns.org/v2.29.3/docs/format].
`displayFormat` determines how the date is presented in the field **cell**, you can pass any valid (unicode date format)[https://date-fns.org/v4.1.0/docs/format].
`pickerAppearance` sets the appearance of the **react datepicker**, the options available are `dayAndTime`, `dayOnly`, `timeOnly`, and `monthOnly`. By default, the datepicker will display `dayOnly`.
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ export const MyEmailField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types to nest within this Group. |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types to nest within this Group. |
| **`label`** | Used as a heading in the Admin Panel and to name the generated GraphQL type. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`saveToJWT`** | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/overview), include its data in the user JWT. |
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ export const MyGroupField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
The Join Field is used to make Relationship and Upload fields available in the opposite direction. With a Join you can edit and view collections
having reference to a specific collection document. The field itself acts as a virtual field, in that no new data is stored on the collection with a Join
The Join Field is used to make Relationship and Upload fields available in the opposite direction. With a Join you can
edit and view collections
having reference to a specific collection document. The field itself acts as a virtual field, in that no new data is
stored on the collection with a Join
field. Instead, the Admin UI surfaces the related documents for a better editing experience and is surfaced by Payload's
APIs.
@@ -19,10 +21,10 @@ The Join field is useful in scenarios including:
- Displaying where a document or upload is used in other documents
For the Join field to work, you must have an existing [relationship](./relationship) or [upload](./upload) field in the
@@ -57,7 +59,7 @@ are related to the Category are populated for you. This is extremely powerful an
of relationship types in an easy manner.
<Banner type="success">
The Join field is extremely performant and does not add additional query overhead to your API responses until you add depth of 1 or above. It works in all database adapters. In MongoDB, we use <strong>aggregations</strong> to automatically join in related documents, and in relational databases, we use joins.
The Join field is extremely performant and does not add additional query overhead to your API responses until you add depth of 1 or above. It works in all database adapters. In MongoDB, we use **aggregations** to automatically join in related documents, and in relational databases, we use joins.
</Banner>
### Schema advice
@@ -111,28 +113,43 @@ related docs from a new pseudo-junction collection called `categories_posts`. No
third junction collection, and can be surfaced on both Posts and Categories. But, importantly, you could add
additional "context" fields to this shared junction collection.
For example, on this `categories_posts` collection, in addition to having the `category` and `post` fields, we could add custom "context" fields like `featured` or `spotlight`,
For example, on this `categories_posts` collection, in addition to having the `category` and `post` fields, we could add
custom "context" fields like `featured` or `spotlight`,
which would allow you to store additional information directly on relationships.
The `join` field gives you complete control over any type of relational architecture in Payload, all wrapped up in a powerful Admin UI.
The `join` field gives you complete control over any type of relational architecture in Payload, all wrapped up in a
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`collection`** \* | The `slug`s having the relationship field. |
| **`on`** \* | The name of the relationship or upload field that relates to the collection document. Use dot notation for nested paths, like 'myGroup.relationName'. |
| **`maxDepth`** | Default is 1, Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](/docs/getting-started/concepts#field-level-max-depth) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`hooks`** | Provide Field Hooks to control logic for this field. [More details](../hooks/fields). |
| **`access`** | Provide Field Access Control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More details](../access-control/fields). |
| **`localized`** | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config. |
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`collection`** * | The `slug`s having the relationship field. |
| **`on`** * | The name of the relationship or upload field that relates to the collection document. Use dot notation for nested paths, like 'myGroup.relationName'. |
| **`where`** | A `Where` query to hide related documents from appearing. Will be merged with any `where` specified in the request. |
| **`maxDepth`** | Default is 1, Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](/docs/getting-started/concepts#field-level-max-depth). |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`hooks`** | Provide Field Hooks to control logic for this field. [More details](../hooks/fields). |
| **`access`** | Provide Field Access Control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More details](../access-control/fields). |
| **`defaultLimit`** | The number of documents to return. Set to 0 to return all related documents. |
| **`defaultSort`** | The field name used to specify the order the joined documents are returned. |
The JSON Field saves actual JSON in the database, which differs from the Code field that saves the value as a string in the database.
The JSON Field saves raw JSON to the database and provides the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) with a code editor styled interface. This is different from the [Code Field](./code) which saves the value as a string in the database.
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ export const MyJSONField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`min`** | Minimum value accepted. Used in the default `validation` function. |
| **`max`** | Maximum value accepted. Used in the default `validation` function. |
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ export const MyNumberField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
- [Tabs (Unnamed)](/docs/fields/tabs) - nests fields within a tabbed layout
- [UI](/docs/fields/ui) - blank field for custom UI components
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
Don't see a Field Type that fits your needs? You can build your own using a [Custom Field Component](../admin/fields#the-field-component).
**Tip:**
Don't see a Field Type that fits your needs? You can build your own using a [Custom Field Component](../admin/fields#field).
</Banner>
## Field Options
@@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ export const MyField: Field = {
### Field Names
All [Data Fields](#data-fields) require a `name` property. This is the key that will be used to store and retrieve the field's value in the database. This property must be unique within the Collection, Global, or nested group that it is defined in.
All [Data Fields](#data-fields) require a `name` property. This is the key that will be used to store and retrieve the field's value in the database. This property must be unique amongst this field's siblings.
To set a field's name, use the `name` property in your Field Config:
@@ -205,12 +206,13 @@ export const MyField: Field = {
}
```
Default values can be defined as a static value or a function that returns a value. When a `defaultValue` is defined statically, Payload's DB adapters will apply it to the database schema or models.
Default values can be defined as a static value or a function that returns a value. When a `defaultValue` is defined statically, Payload's [Database Adapters](../database/overview) will apply it to the database schema or models.
Functions can be written to make use of the following argument properties:
- `user` - the authenticated user object
- `locale` - the currently selected locale string
- `req` - the `PayloadRequest` object
Here is an example of a `defaultValue` function:
@@ -226,15 +228,15 @@ export const myField: Field = {
name: 'attribution',
type: 'text',
// highlight-start
defaultValue: ({ user, locale }) =>
defaultValue: ({ user, locale, req }) =>
`${translation[locale]} ${user.name}`,
// highlight-end
}
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
You can use async `defaultValue` functions to fill fields with data from API requests.
**Tip:**
You can use async `defaultValue` functions to fill fields with data from API requests or Local API using `req.payload`.
</Banner>
### Validation
@@ -264,7 +266,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `validate` function:
#### Validation Context
The `ctx` argument contains full document data, sibling field data, the current operation, and other useful information such as currently authenticated in user:
The `ctx` argument contains full document data, sibling field data, the current operation, and other useful information such as currently authenticated user:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -356,9 +358,9 @@ For full details on Admin Options, see the [Field Admin Options](../admin/fields
## Custom ID Fields
All [Collections](../configuration/collections) automatically generate their own ID field. If needed, you can override this behavior by providing an explicit ID field to your config. This will force users to provide a their own ID value when creating a record.
All [Collections](../configuration/collections) automatically generate their own ID field. If needed, you can override this behavior by providing an explicit ID field to your config. This field should either be required or have a hook to generate the ID dynamically.
To define a custom ID field, add a new field with the `name` property set to `id`:
To define a custom ID field, add a top-level field with the `name` property set to `id`:
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Used as a field label in the Admin Panel and to name the generated GraphQL type. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. To support location queries, point index defaults to `2dsphere`, to disable the index set to `false`. |
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ export const MyPointField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
In order to do query based on the distance to another point, you can use the `near` operator. When querying using the near operator, the returned documents will be sorted by nearest first.
## Querying - within
In order to do query based on whether points are within a specific area defined in GeoJSON, you can use the `within` operator.
Example:
```ts
const polygon: Point[] = [
[9.0, 19.0], // bottom-left
[9.0, 21.0], // top-left
[11.0, 21.0], // top-right
[11.0, 19.0], // bottom-right
[9.0, 19.0], // back to starting point to close the polygon
]
payload.find({
collection: "points",
where: {
point: {
within: {
type: 'Polygon',
coordinates: [polygon],
},
},
},
})
```
## Querying - intersects
In order to do query based on whether points intersect a specific area defined in GeoJSON, you can use the `intersects` operator.
Example:
```ts
const polygon: Point[] = [
[9.0, 19.0], // bottom-left
[9.0, 21.0], // top-left
[11.0, 21.0], // top-right
[11.0, 19.0], // bottom-right
[9.0, 19.0], // back to starting point to close the polygon
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`options`** \* | Array of options to allow the field to store. Can either be an array of strings, or an array of objects containing an `label` string and a `value` string. |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`options`** * | Array of options to allow the field to store. Can either be an array of strings, or an array of objects containing an `label` string and a `value` string. |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
@@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ export const MyRadioField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
<br />
**Important:**
Option values should be strings that do not contain hyphens or special characters due to GraphQL
enumeration naming constraints. Underscores are allowed. If you determine you need your option
values to be non-strings or contain special characters, they will be formatted accordingly before
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The Radio Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin C
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`relationTo`** \* | Provide one or many collection `slug`s to be able to assign relationships to. |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`relationTo`** * | Provide one or many collection `slug`s to be able to assign relationships to. |
| **`filterOptions`** | A query to filter which options appear in the UI and validate against. [More](#filtering-relationship-options). |
| **`hasMany`** | Boolean when, if set to `true`, allows this field to have many relations instead of only one. |
| **`minRows`** | A number for the fewest allowed items during validation when a value is present. Used with `hasMany`. |
@@ -61,11 +61,12 @@ export const MyRelationshipField: Field = {
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
| **`graphQL`** | Custom graphQL configuration for the field. [More details](/docs/graphql/overview#field-complexity) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
The [Depth](../queries/depth) parameter can be used to automatically populate related documents that are returned by the API.
</Banner>
@@ -155,6 +156,7 @@ called with an argument object with the following properties:
| `siblingData` | An object containing document data that is scoped to only fields within the same parent of this field |
| `id` | The `id` of the current document being edited. `id` is `undefined` during the `create` operation |
| `user` | An object containing the currently authenticated user |
| `req` | The Payload Request, which contains references to `payload`, `user`, `locale`, and more. |
The Rich Text Field is a powerful way to allow editors to write dynamic content. The content is saved as JSON in the database and can be converted into any format, including HTML, that you need.
The Rich Text Field lets editors write and format dynamic content in a familiar interface.
The content is saved as JSON in the database and can be converted to HTML or any other format needed.
Consistent with Payload's goal of making you learn as little of Payload as possible, customizing
and using the Rich Text Editor does not involve learning how to develop for a Payload rich text editor.
Instead, you can invest your time and effort into learning the underlying open-source tools that will allow
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`saveToJWT`** | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/overview), include its data in the user JWT. |
@@ -51,12 +36,12 @@ Right now, Payload is officially supporting two rich text editors:
| **`localized`** | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config. |
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`editor`** | Override the rich text editor specified in your base configuration for this field. |
| **`editor`** | Customize or override the rich text editor. [More details](/docs/rich-text/overview). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
@@ -83,4 +68,5 @@ The Rich Text Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Adm
## Editor-specific Options
For a ton more editor-specific options, including how to build custom rich text elements directly into your editor, take a look at either the [Slate docs](/docs/rich-text/slate) or the [Lexical docs](/docs/lexical/overview) depending on which editor you're using.
For a ton more editor-specific options, including how to build custom rich text elements directly into your editor,
take a look at the [rich text editor documentation](/docs/rich-text/overview).
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`options`** \* | Array of options to allow the field to store. Can either be an array of strings, or an array of objects containing a `label` string and a `value` string. |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`options`** * | Array of options to allow the field to store. Can either be an array of strings, or an array of objects containing a `label` string and a `value` string. |
| **`hasMany`** | Boolean when, if set to `true`, allows this field to have many selections instead of only one. |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ export const MySelectField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
Option values should be strings that do not contain hyphens or special characters due to GraphQL
enumeration naming constraints. Underscores are allowed. If you determine you need your option
values to be non-strings or contain special characters, they will be formatted accordingly before
@@ -204,4 +204,4 @@ If you are looking to create a dynamic select field, the following tutorial will
drawerTitle="How to Create a Custom Select Field: A Step-by-Step Guide"
/>
If you want to learn more about custom components check out the [Admin > Custom Component](/docs/admin/components#field-component) docs.
If you want to learn more about custom components check out the [Admin > Custom Component](/docs/admin/components#field) docs.
| **`name`** | Groups field data into an object when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | The label to render on the tab itself. Required when name is undefined, defaults to name converted to words. |
| **`fields`** \* | The fields to render within this tab. |
| **`fields`** * | The fields to render within this tab. |
| **`description`** | Optionally render a description within this tab to describe the contents of the tab itself. |
| **`interfaceName`** | Create a top level, reusable [Typescript interface](/docs/typescript/generating-types#custom-field-interfaces) & [GraphQL type](/docs/graphql/graphql-schema#custom-field-schemas). (`name` must be present) |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database (`name` must be present). See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`minLength`** | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length. |
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ export const MyTextField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`minLength`** | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length. |
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ export const MyTextareaField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
@@ -68,11 +68,12 @@ export const MyTextareaField: Field = {
The Textarea Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| **`placeholder`** | Set this property to define a placeholder string in the textarea. |
| **`autoComplete`** | Set this property to a string that will be used for browser autocomplete. |
| **`rows`** | Set the number of visible text rows in the textarea. Defaults to `2` if not specified. |
| **`rtl`** | Override the default text direction of the Admin Panel for this field. Set to `true` to force right-to-left text direction. |
## Example
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
